V BAND CORPORATION
DEF 14A, 1999-05-13
TELEPHONE & TELEGRAPH APPARATUS
Previous: CCFNB BANCORP INC, 10-Q, 1999-05-13
Next: PACCAR FINANCIAL CORP, 10-Q, 1999-05-13



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            SCHEDULE 14A INFORMATION


                Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) of the
                         Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Filed by the Registrant  [ ]
Filed by a Party other than the Registrant  [ ]

Check the appropriate box:
[ ]  Preliminary Proxy Statement
[ ]  Confidential, for Use of the Commission Only 
     (as permitted by Rule 14a-6(e)(2))
[X]  Definitive Proxy Statement
[ ]  Definitive Additional Materials
[ ]  Soliciting Material Pursuant to 240.14a-11(c) or 240.14a-12

                              V BAND CORPORATION 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

                                Not applicable 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement, if other than the Registrant)

Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box):

[ ]  No fee required.
[ ]  Feecomputed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(1) and 0-11. (1)

     (1)  Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies: 
          Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share.
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

     (2)  Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies:
          5,428,621
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------


     (3)  Per unit  price  or other  underlying  value of  transaction  computed
          pursuant to Exchange  Act Rule 0-11 (set forth the amount on which the
          filing fee is calculated and state how it was determined):
          $0.27 (cash merger consideration per share of Common Stock) .
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

     (4)  Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction:
          $1,465,727.67
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

     (5)  Total fee paid:
          $294
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 <PAGE>
[X]  Fee paid previously with preliminary materials.

[ ]  Check  box  if  any part of the fee is offset as provided  by Exchange  Act

     Rule  0-11(a)(2)  and identify the filing for which the  offsetting fee was
     paid  previously.  Identify the previous filing by  registration  statement
     number,  or the Form or  Schedule  and the date of its  filing.  
     (1)  Amount Previously Paid:

          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

     (2)  Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.:

          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

     (3)  Filing Party:

          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

     (4)  Date Filed:

          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>
[GRAPHIC of V-Band Logo]

                                                              V Band Corporation
                                                             3 Westchester Plaza
                                                              Elmsford, NY 10523

To the Shareholders:

         You are cordially  invited to attend a Special  Meeting of Shareholders
of V Band  Corporation (the "Company") to be held on June 14, 1999 at 10 a.m. at
the Company's offices at 3 Westchester Plaza, Elmsford, NY 10523.

         At the meeting,  you will be asked to consider and vote on the approval
of a  merger  (the  "Merger")  of the  Company  with  and  into a  wholly  owned
subsidiary of IPC Information Systems, Inc. ("IPC") in which the shareholders of
the  Company  will be  entitled  to receive  $0.27 cash for each share of Common
Stock held by them. The attached notice of meeting and proxy  statement  explain
the proposed Merger and provide specific  information about the Special Meeting.
Please read these materials carefully.

         The Board of Directors has concluded that the Merger  Agreement and the
proposed  Merger are  advisable  and fair to, and in the best  interests of, the
Company's  shareholders.  THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS  HAS  UNANIMOUSLY  APPROVED THE
MERGER  AND  RECOMMENDS  THAT  YOU  VOTE IN  FAVOR  OF THE  MERGER.  There is no
assurance that the Company can continue as a going concern in the absence of the
Merger.

         The affirmative vote of two-thirds of the outstanding  shares of Common
Stock of the  Company is  required  to approve  the  Merger.  Thomas E. Feil,  a
founder and the Chief Executive  Officer of the Company,  has agreed to vote the
shares of Common Stock he owns in favor of the Merger.  Those  shares  represent
approximately 26.35% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company. However, if
less than  two-thirds  of the Company's  outstanding  shares of Common Stock are
voted  affirmatively,  the Merger will not be consummated and the  consideration
offered by IPC will not be  available to you.  THUS,  YOUR FAILURE TO VOTE COULD
HAVE THE SAME CONSEQUENCES TO YOU AS A VOTE AGAINST THE MERGER.

         Whether  or not you are able to attend  the  Special  Meeting,  you are
urged to sign, date, and mail the enclosed proxy promptly.

                                                              Very truly yours,


                                                              /s/ Thomas Hughes
                                                              -----------------
                                                              Thomas Hughes
                                                              President
<PAGE>
[GRAPHIC of V-Band Logo]

                                                              V Band Corporation
                                                             3 Westchester Plaza
                                                              Elmsford, NY 10523

                    NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

                                  June 14, 1999

To the Shareholders of V Band Corporation:

         A Special Meeting of Shareholders of V Band Corporation (the "Company")
will be held at the  Company's  offices at 3  Westchester  Plaza,  Elmsford,  NY
10523, on June 14, 1999 at 10 a.m., for the following purposes:

         1. To consider and vote upon a proposed  merger,  which is described in
the accompanying  Proxy Statement,  pursuant to which the Company will be merged
with and into IPC Merger Sub, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of IPC Information
Systems,  Inc.("IPC"),  and the holders of the  Company's  Common  Stock will be
entitled  to receive  $0.27 cash for each share of Common  Stock of the  Company
held by them,  and to adopt the Agreement  and Plan of Merger  pursuant to which
the merger will be effected,  a copy of which is attached to the Proxy Statement
as Appendix A.

         2. To  transact  such other  business as may  properly  come before the
meeting or any adjournments thereof.

         The Board of Directors has determined that only holders of Common Stock
of record at the close of  business on April 26, 1999 will be entitled to notice
of and to vote at the meeting or any adjournments thereof.

                                             By Order of the Board of Directors,


                                             /s/ Marc Teichman
                                             -----------------
                                             Marc Teichman
                                             Secretary
Elmsford, New York
May 12, 1999
<PAGE>
[GRAPHIC of V-Band Logo]


                                  INTRODUCTION

         The  enclosed  proxy is  solicited  by the Board of Directors of V Band
Corporation  (the "Company") for use at the Special Meeting of the  Shareholders
of the Company to be held on June 14, 1999 (the  "Special  Meeting"),  or at any
adjournments  thereof,  for the purposes set forth in the foregoing notice.  The
approximate  date of mailing of the foregoing  notice,  this Proxy Statement and
the accompanying proxy is May 12, 1999.

         At the Special Meeting,  the shareholders will be asked to consider and
take action upon a proposal,  unanimously  recommended by the Board of Directors
of the Company,  to adopt an Agreement  and Plan of Merger dated as of April 14,
1999 (the "Merger Agreement") among IPC Information  Systems,  Inc. ("IPC"), IPC
Merger Sub,  Inc., a wholly owned  subsidiary  of IPC  incorporated  in Delaware
("Merger Sub"), and the Company. Under the Merger Agreement,  and subject to the
approval of shareholders  representing  two-thirds of the outstanding  shares of
Common Stock and the  satisfaction  of certain other  conditions,  a merger (the
"Merger")  will occur between the Company and Merger Sub. Upon  consummation  of
the Merger,  the  Company  will merge with and into  Merger  Sub,  the  separate
existence of the Company will cease, and all  shareholders of the Company,  with
the  exception of the  shareholders  who  properly  exercise  their  dissenter's
rights, will receive $0.27 for each share owned, without interest.

         The  consummation  of the Merger is subject to a number of  conditions.
Accordingly, even if shareholders adopt and approve the Merger Agreement and the
Merger, there is no assurance that the Merger will be consummated.

         A shareholder giving a proxy has the power to revoke it any time before
it is exercised by filing with the Company a duly executed proxy bearing a later
date or by giving  written  notice of such  revocation  to the  Secretary of the
Company  prior to the  meeting.  A proxy may also be  revoked by  attending  the
meeting and voting in person.

         The expenses of solicitation will be paid by the Company. The principal
solicitation of proxies is being made by mail. However, the Company has retained
Kissel-Blake,  a division of Shareholder Communications  Corporation, to solicit
proxies,  which may be by  telephone,  telegraph  or  personal  interview  at an
estimated  cost of  approximately  $13,000.  In  addition,  officers  and  other
employees of the Company may solicit proxies by telephone, telegraph or personal
interview,  without additional compensation therefor. Forms of proxies will also
be  distributed  through  brokers,  custodians,  and other  like  persons to the
beneficial  owners of Common Stock of the Company and the Company will reimburse
such persons for their reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection
therewith.

         The record date for the determination of shareholders  entitled to vote
at the  meeting is the close of business on April 26,  1999.  On that date,  the
Company  had  5,428,621  shares of Common
<PAGE>
Stock,  $0.01 par  value,  issued  and  outstanding.  As of that date there were
approximately 480 holders of record.  Each shareholder of record as of that date
is entitled to one vote for each share then held.

         All of the shares of Common Stock of the Company  represented  by valid
proxies,  unless otherwise  specified therein or revoked,  will be voted FOR the
adoption  of the  Merger  Agreement  and the  Merger.  Where a  shareholder  has
appropriately  specified  how  a  proxy  is  to  be  voted,  it  will  be  voted
accordingly.  However,  if a broker or  shareholder  nominee limits on the proxy
card the number of shares voted on the adoption of the Merger  Agreement and the
Merger,  such  "non-votes"  will  not be  voted on the  adoption  of the  Merger
Agreement and the Merger.

         Some  statements  contained in this proxy  statement  regarding  future
financial  performance and results and other  statements that are not historical
facts are  forward-looking  statements.  Such statements  relate to, among other
things, the Merger and future operating results.  The words "expect," "project,"
"estimate," "predict," "anticipate," "believes," "plans," "intends," and similar
expressions  are also  intended to  identify  forward-looking  statements.  Such
statements  are  subject  to  numerous  risks,  uncertainties  and  assumptions,
including but not limited to:  general  business and economic  conditions in the
Company's industry;  pricing pressures and other competitive factors; results of
the Company  efforts to reduce costs;  issues arising from  addressing year 2000
information  technology  issues;  opportunities that the Company may pursue; the
availability  and terms of  financing;  conditions  to the  consummation  of the
Merger,  which  could  affect  the timing or  occurrence  of the  Merger;  legal
proceedings and changes in state or federal legislation or regulation.

         Other factors and assumptions not identified above could also cause the
actual results to differ materially from those set forth in the  forward-looking
statements. The Company does not undertake to update forward-looking information
contained herein or elsewhere to reflect actual results,  changes in assumptions
or changes in other factors affecting such  forward-looking  statements.  Should
one or more of these risks or uncertainties  materialize,  or should  underlying
assumptions  prove  incorrect,  actual  results may vary  materially  from those
indicated in, contemplated by or implied by such statements.

                                 SPECIAL FACTORS

Background of the Merger

         In  response  to  competitive  factors in the market for the  Company's
products,  the  larger  size of the  Company's  competitors,  and the  Company's
declining financial performance,  the Company has from time to time attempted to
solicit interest in a business combination with a larger entity.

         In 1989, the Company engaged Goldman Sachs & Co. as a financial advisor
to advise a  committee  of the  Company's  Board of  Directors  with  respect to
strategic  alternatives,  including a sale of the Company.  In 1995, the Company
engaged Benedetto,  Gartland & Greene,  Inc. as a financial advisor to assist it
in exploring strategic alternatives, including a sale of the Company. In

                                       2
<PAGE>
each case, the Company's financial advisors contacted third parties,  but failed
to secure any interest in a business  combination  involving  the  Company.  The
Company  subsequently   attempted  to  raise  additional  capital  to  fund  the
development of a new generation of products. That effort was also unsuccessful.

         Given these results, senior executives of the Company began to directly
contact  executives of several  other  companies  which sell  telecommunications
equipment  to the  financial  community  in an effort to obtain an interest in a
business  combination  with the  Company.  As a result of the  Company's  direct
efforts,  the  Company  entered  into a  confidentiality  agreement  with IPC on
September  11, 1998 and provided  IPC with the  opportunity  to review  detailed
information about the Company.

         By a proposed  letter of intent dated  February  26,  1999,  IPC made a
proposal  to acquire the  Company by means of a merger.  Representatives  of the
Company and IPC were unable to reach an agreement upon the terms of the proposed
letter of intent, but agreed to attempt to negotiate the terms and conditions of
a definitive merger agreement that could be recommended to each party's board of
directors.  During the ensuing  discussions with IPC, IPC expressed concern with
respect to the Company's  ability to engage in discussions  with other companies
and  notified  the Company  that it would  terminate  all  discussions  with the
Company  unless the Company  agreed to deal solely with IPC during the course of
those  discussions.  As a  result,  the  Company  entered  into  an  Exclusivity
Agreement with IPC on March 10, 1999 (the "Exclusivity Agreement"),  in which it
agreed to deal  exclusively with IPC to facilitate the negotiation of the Merger
Agreement  until  either  party  notified  the other of the  termination  of the
negotiations,  subject  to a minimum  period of ten  business  days  (which  was
subsequently extended until March 31, 1999).

         Prior to entering into the Exclusivity Agreement,  the Company's direct
efforts  had  resulted  in only one other  expression  of interest in a possible
business combination with the Company. That expression of interest was tentative
in nature and was not as  favorable  to the  Company as the IPC  proposal.  As a
result, the Company elected to enter into the Exclusivity Agreement with IPC and
engaged in the negotiations which resulted in the Merger Agreement.

         At a meeting held on April 13, 1999,  the Company's  Board of Directors
unanimously  approved and adopted the Merger  Agreement and the arrangements for
the Special Meeting.

Stockholder's Agreement

         Under a  Stockholder's  Agreement  with IPC dated  April 14,  1999 (the
"Stockholder's Agreement"),  Mr. Thomas E. Feil, the Chief Executive Officer and
a director of the  Company,  has agreed to vote the  1,430,472  shares of Common
Stock  beneficially  owned  by him,  representing  approximately  26.35%  of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock, in favor of the Merger.

         The  Stockholder's  Agreement also provides that Mr. Feil will vote his
shares  against  any action or  agreement  that would  result in a breach by the
Company  of the  Merger  Agreement  and  against:  any  extraordinary  corporate
transaction,  including,  without limitation,  a merger,  
 
                                      3
<PAGE>
consolidation  or  other  business  combination  involving  the  Company  or its
subsidiaries;  a sale,  lease or transfer of a material  amount of assets of the
Company or its subsidiaries or a reorganization,  recapitalization,  dissolution
or liquidation of the Company or its subsidiaries; any change in the majority of
the board of  directors  of the  Company;  any  material  change in the  present
capitalization  of the Company or any amendment of the Company's  certificate of
incorporation or by-laws;  any other material change in the Company's  corporate
structure  or  business;  or any  other  action  which  is  intended,  or  could
reasonably be expected, to impede,  interfere with, delay, postpone,  discourage
or materially  adversely affect the Merger or the  transactions  contemplated by
the Merger Agreement or the  Stockholder's  Agreement.  Mr. Feil has also agreed
that for the term of the  Stockholder's  Agreement  he will not  offer for sale,
sell, transfer,  tender,  pledge,  encumber,  assign or otherwise dispose of the
shares subject to the Stockholder's Agreement to any party other than IPC.

         The  Stockholder's  Agreement  does not provide for the purchase of Mr.
Feil's  shares.  Under the terms of the  Stockholder's  Agreement and the Merger
Agreement,  Mr.  Feil's shares are treated in the same manner as the shares held
by all other shareholders of the Company.

         The Stockholder's Agreement terminates upon the earlier to occur of (i)
the completion of the Merger,  (ii) the date the Merger  Agreement is terminated
in  accordance  with its terms,  and (iii) the date, if any, on which the Merger
Agreement  is  amended  in  a  manner  which   adversely   changes  the  amount,
composition, or timing of the merger consideration.

Recommendation Of Board Of Directors

         The Board of Directors of the Company has  unanimously  authorized  the
adoption of the Merger  Agreement and the Plan of Merger  contained  therein and
recommends their approval by the shareholders.

         In evaluating the terms of the proposed Merger,  the Board of Directors
considered  the  history  and  prospects  of the  industry  in which the Company
operates,  the Company's past and present  operations and earnings and cash flow
trends,  the fact that the terms of the Merger are more favorable to the Company
than a  tentative  proposal  made by  another  company  which had  expressed  an
interest in acquiring the Company, and the fact that the Company has received no
other offer to acquire its assets or shares.  The Board also considered the fact
that the transaction was negotiated at arms' length between the Company and IPC,
the fact that  shareholders  of the Company other than Mr. Feil will receive the
same  price per share in the Merger as Mr.  Feil is  entitled  to  receive  upon
consummation of the Merger,  and the fact that no other special  arrangements or
understandings exist between IPC and Mr. Feil.

         In evaluating the Merger,  the Board of Directors  also  considered the
uncertain nature of the Company's  ability to continue as a going concern.  As a
result of changes in the market for the  Company's  products,  the  Company  has
incurred  substantial  recurring  losses  from  operations.  These  losses  have
resulted in a decline in the Company's  shareholders'  equity from approximately
$26.04 million on October 31, 1994 to approximately  $1.4 million on January 31,
1999.  These
                                       4
<PAGE>
losses  and their  effect on the  Company's  financial  condition  have  created
substantial concern on the part of the Company's customers which has resulted in
a further loss of business.

         After considering the limited  alternative  courses of action available
to the Company,  the Board of Directors has concluded that a transaction such as
the Merger is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders and that
the Merger is the most favorable transaction currently available to the Company.
There is no  assurance  that the  Company  can  continue  to  operate as a going
concern in the absence of the Merger.

         The Board of Directors  believes that the price offered by IPC reflects
the greater value which the Company's properties have to a larger company in the
Company's  industry.  The Merger Agreement  (including the per share price to be
paid to Mr. Feil and other  shareholders of the Company) was negotiated at arms'
length  between  the  Company  and IPC.  Accordingly,  and in light of the other
factors outlined above, the Board of Directors  believes the price to be paid by
IPC is a fair price and is in the best interests of the Company's shareholders.

         In light of all of the factors  outlined above,  the Board of Directors
concluded that it was not necessary to obtain any representation of unaffiliated
shareholders  and that it was not  advisable  to incur the  expense  required to
obtain a report,  appraisal or opinion from an outside party in connection  with
the Merger.

         New  York  law  requires  an  affirmative  vote  of  two-thirds  of the
outstanding  shares of Common  Stock of the Company for  approval of the Merger.
Since  affiliates  of the Company  which are  holders of Common  Stock as of the
record  date of the  Special  Meeting  hold  only  approximately  26.35%  of the
outstanding Common Stock of the Company, the approval of more than a majority of
the shares of Common Stock held by unaffiliated shareholders will be required to
approve the Merger.

Conflicts of Interest

         In  considering  the  recommendation  of the Board with  respect to the
Merger,  shareholders should be aware that certain officers and directors of the
Company have interests in connection with the Merger which may present them with
actual or potential conflicts of interest.

         CHANGE IN CONTROL PAYMENTS.  In an effort to retain the services of the
Company's President in the face of the uncertainty associated with the Company's
financial condition and its efforts to seek a business combination, the Board of
Directors  on  November  15,  1998  approved a payment to be made to Mr.  Thomas
Hughes in the  amount of his  annual  base  salary in the event that a change in
control of the Company  occurs  during the term of his  employment or within six
months  thereafter.  During January,  1999 and March,  1999, the Company and its
subsidiaries  provided similar benefits to a total of three additional employees
of the Company and its subsidiaries.

         INDEMNIFICATION.  The Merger Agreement provides that IPC will not alter
any  exculpatory  or  indemnification  provisions  now existing in the Company's
Certificate  of
                                      5
<PAGE>
Incorporation  or Bylaws  for the  benefit  of any  director  or  officer of the
Company.  In  addition,  IPC has  agreed  in the  Merger  Agreement  to  provide
officers' and directors' liability insurance for a period of six years after the
Effective  Time for each  person now  covered by the  Company's  directors'  and
officers' insurance.

Purpose of the Merger

         The  transaction   contemplated  by  the  Merger   Agreement  has  been
structured to  successfully  consummate the acquisition of the Company by IPC as
expeditiously as possible.  The consummation of those  transactions will provide
IPC with all of the assets and  liabilities  of the Company,  and increase IPC's
presence in the market for the Company's products.

                                   THE MERGER

         The following  summary of the material terms of the proposed  Merger is
qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Merger  Agreement
which is attached to this Proxy Statement as Appendix A.

Merger Agreement

         Under the terms of the Merger  Agreement,  the Company  would be merged
with and into Merger Sub, each  outstanding  share of the Company's Common Stock
(other than shares as to which dissenters'  rights have properly been preserved)
would be converted into the right to receive, upon surrender of the certificates
representing   such  shares  as  described  below  under  "Payment  for  Shares;
Disbursing  Agent",  $0.27 cash,  and the  separate  corporate  existence of the
Company would cease.  After the consummation of the Merger,  the shareholders of
the Company  will cease to have any rights with  respect to their  shares  other
than the right to receive  $0.27 per share or to perfect  any rights  which they
may have as dissenting shareholders.

Effective Time

         The Merger will be  consummated  at the time that a certificate  of the
merger of the Company  and Merger Sub is filed with the  Delaware  Secretary  of
State  (the  "Effective  Time").  The  Effective  Time  will be as  promptly  as
practicable  after the Special Meeting on June 14, 1999,  assuming that approval
of the Company's shareholders to the Merger has been obtained at the meeting and
that all other conditions to the Merger have been satisfied or waived.

Vote Required to Approve the Merger

         New  York  law  requires  an  affirmative  vote  of  two-thirds  of the
outstanding  shares of Common  Stock of the Company for  approval of the Merger.
IPC holds an irrevocable proxy for shares representing  approximately  26.35% of
the Common Stock. See "SPECIAL FACTORS; Stockholder's Agreement." IPC has stated
its intention to vote those shares in favor of the Merger.

                                       6
<PAGE>
Payment for Shares; Disbursing Agent

         ChaseMellon  Shareholder  Services,  LLC has been  appointed  to act as
Disbursing Agent in connection with the Merger.  Immediately after the Effective
Time,  IPC will send a  transmittal  form to each record  holder of Common Stock
advising them of the procedure for surrendering  stock  certificates in exchange
for cash. On proper surrender of an executed transmittal form together with such
certificates to the Disbursing  Agent,  shareholders will be entitled to receive
$0.27  cash for  each  share  of  Common  Stock  previously  represented  by the
surrendered certificates.

         If the transmittal form is returned to the Disbursing Agent signed by a
person  other  than  the  registered  holder  of the  stock  certificates  being
surrendered,  such certificates must also be properly endorsed or accompanied by
a properly  executed  stock power and the  signatures  thereon as well as on the
transmittal form must be guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company in the
United  States  or by a  member  of any  national  securities  exchange.  If the
transmittal  form is signed by an executor,  administrator,  trustee,  guardian,
attorney-in-fact,   corporate  officer  or  others  acting  in  a  fiduciary  or
representative  capacity,  proper  documentary  evidence of the  appointment and
authority of such person to so act must be enclosed with the  transmittal  form,
and such evidence must be satisfactory to the Disbursing Agent.

         If payment  is to be made to a person  other than one in whose name the
surrendered  certificate is registered,  it shall be a condition of payment that
the certificate be properly  endorsed and otherwise in proper form for transfer.
The person requesting such transfer shall either (i) pay to the Disbursing Agent
any transfer or other taxes  required by reason of payment of cash to any person
other than the registered  shareholder or (ii) establish to the  satisfaction of
the Disbursing Agent that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

         Funds will be disbursed to shareholders  only upon proper  surrender of
certificates.  Any funds not disbursed within 60 days of the Effective Time will
be  returned  to  IPC.  Thereafter,  upon  surrender  of  certificates  formerly
representing  shares of Common Stock, IPC shall,  subject to abandoned  property
laws,  make the $0.27 cash payment as described  above. No interest shall accrue
or be  payable  with  respect  to the  cash  amount  per  share  payable  to any
shareholder.

Representations and Warranties

         In the  Merger  Agreement,  the  Company,  IPC and Merger Sub have made
certain  representations  and  warranties  to each other with  respect to, among
other  things,  their  respective  organization  and good  standing,  and proper
authorization   and  authority  to  enter  into  and  perform  their  respective
obligations  under  the  Merger  Agreement.  The  Company  has  made  additional
representations  to IPC and Merger Sub with respect to, among other things,  the
Company's  capitalization,  title to assets, public filings (including financial
statements),  properties,  undisclosed  liabilities,  compliance  with law,  tax
returns and payments,  real property,  intellectual  property,  tangible assets,
inventory,  contracts,  notes  and  accounts  receivable,  powers  of  attorney,
insurance,  litigation,  product  warranties,  product  liabilities,  employees,
employee benefits,  and the absence of any material adverse changes with respect
to the Company.
                                      7
<PAGE>
Certain Covenants

         CONDUCT PRIOR TO EFFECTIVE  TIME.  The Company has agreed in the Merger
Agreement  that among other things,  it will: (i) not take any action outside of
the ordinary course of business; (ii) not amend its Certificate of Incorporation
or  By-Laws;  (iii) not grant any rights to obtain any of its  capital  stock or
issue,  sell, or otherwise  dispose of any of its capital stock (except upon the
conversion or exercise of options, warrants, and other rights outstanding on the
date of the Merger Agreement);  (iv) not declare, set aside, or pay any dividend
or  distribution  with respect to its capital  stock or redeem,  repurchase,  or
otherwise  acquire any of its capital  stock;  (v) not issue any note,  bond, or
other debt security or create,  incur, assume, or guarantee any indebtedness for
borrowed money or capitalized  lease  obligation  outside the ordinary course of
business;  (vi) not allow any security  interest upon any of its assets  outside
the ordinary course of business;  (vii) not make any capital investment in, make
any loan to, or acquire the securities or assets of any other person outside the
ordinary course of business;  and (viii) not make any change in employment terms
for any of its directors, officers, and employees outside the ordinary course of
business.

         EXCLUSIVITY. The Company has also agreed that it will not, and will not
permit any of its subsidiaries to, solicit,  initiate or knowingly encourage the
submission of inquiries,  proposals or offers from any third party  relating to:
(i) any acquisition of 10% or more of the consolidated assets of the Company and
its subsidiaries or of over 10% of any class of equity securities of the Company
or any of its  subsidiaries;  (ii) any tender  offer  (including  a self  tender
offer) or exchange  offer that if  consummated  would  result in any third party
beneficially owning 10% or more of any class of equity securities of the Company
or  any  of  its  subsidiaries;   (iii)  any  merger,  consolidation,   business
combination,  recapitalization,  liquidation, dissolution or similar transaction
involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries  whose assets,  individually or
in the aggregate,  constitute  more than 10% of the  consolidated  assets of the
Company,  other than the Merger;  or (iv) any other  transaction which would, or
could,   reasonably  be  expected  to  materially  interfere  with,  prevent  or
materially  delay the Merger or which would, or could reasonably be expected to,
materially  dilute its benefit to IPC.  The Company has also agreed that it will
not enter into or participate in any discussions or  negotiations  regarding any
of the foregoing,  or furnish to any third party any information with respect to
the  business,  properties  or  assets of the  Company  in  connection  with the
foregoing,  or  otherwise  cooperate  in any way with,  or  knowingly  assist or
participate  in,  facilitate  or  encourage,  any effort or attempt by any third
party to do or seek any of the foregoing.  However, the Company and the Board of
Directors may: (i) engage in discussions or negotiations  with a third party who
has made a  superior  acquisition  proposal  if the  Board of  Directors,  after
consultation  with and advice from its outside counsel  determines in good faith
that, in the exercise of its fiduciary  responsibilities,  such  discussions  or
negotiations should be commenced or such information should be furnished or such
facilitation undertaken; and (ii) furnish information pursuant to an appropriate
and customary  confidentiality letter concerning the Company and its businesses,
properties  or  assets  to a third  party  who has made a  superior  acquisition
proposal as to which a prior  determination  of the Board of Directors  has been
made.
                                       8
<PAGE>
         ADJUSTMENT  OF OPTIONS.  The Company is also  obligated  to adjust each
outstanding option to purchase the Company's Common Stock to receive, in lieu of
each share of the Company's  Common Stock for which such option is  exercisable,
cash in an amount equal to the excess of $0.27 over the  exercise  price of such
option.

         CREDIT  FACILITY.  The  Company  has agreed to use its best  efforts to
enable  Merger Sub to repay the  Company's  outstanding  indebtedness  under the
Company's  credit  facility with National Bank of Canada  immediately  after the
closing of the Merger and to receive a full and complete release of all security
interests provided by that credit facility.

Conditions to the Merger

         The  obligations  of each of the Company,  IPC and Merger Sub to effect
the Merger are  conditioned  upon,  among other  things:  (i) the  approval  and
adoption of the Merger  Agreement by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of at
least two-thirds of the outstanding  shares of Common Stock; (ii) the absence of
any  preliminary  or permanent  injunction  or other court order which  prevents
consummation  of the Merger  having been  issued and  remaining  in effect.  The
respective  obligations of the Company,  IPC and Merger Sub to effect the Merger
are also subject to the performance in all material respects of their respective
agreements contained in the Merger Agreement required to be performed by each of
them on or prior to the  Effective  Date,  and the accuracy of their  respective
representations and warranties set forth in the Merger Agreement and the receipt
of certain legal opinions and other closing documents.

         The  obligations of IPC and Merger Sub to effect the Merger are subject
to the following additional conditions:  (i) the absence of any material adverse
change in the business, financial condition,  operations,  results of operations
or future  prospects  of the  Company  and its  subsidiaries,  taken as a whole,
except for such changes which were  contemplated  in a business plan provided by
the Company to IPC at the time of the Merger  Agreement;  and (ii) the number of
shares of Common  Stock held by holders  who have  exercised  their  dissenter's
rights being limited to 10% or less of the Company's outstanding Common Stock.

Termination

         The  Merger  Agreement  may be  terminated  in the  event of any of the
following:

          (i)  by mutual consent;

          (ii) by IPC and Merger Sub, if the Company has  breached  any material
               representation,  warranty,  or covenant  contained  in the Merger
               Agreement  in any  material  respect  or if the  Merger  has  not
               occurred by July 31,  1999  because of the failure by the Company
               to satisfy any of the conditions to their obligations to close;

          (iii)by the  Company if IPC or Merger Sub has  breached  any  material
               representation,  warranty  or  covenant  contained  in the Merger
               Agreement  in any  material  respect  or if the  Merger  has  not
               occurred by July 31, 1999 because of the failure by IPC or Merger
               Sub to satisfy any of the conditions to the Company's  obligation
               to close;

                                       9
<PAGE>
          (iv) by the Company, if a person has made an acquisition proposal that
               the Board of Directors  determines,  in good faith, is reasonably
               likely to be  completed  and  would,  if  completed,  result in a
               transaction more favorable to the Company's  shareholders  from a
               financial point of view than the Merger  Agreement and the Merger
               (a "Superior Acquisition Proposal"); and

          (v)  by the Company, IPC, or Merger Sub, if the Company's shareholders
               have failed to adopt the Merger.

         If the Company, IPC, or Merger Sub terminates the Merger Agreement as a
result of the  foregoing,  all rights and  obligations  of the parties under the
Merger Agreement will terminate without liability, except for any liability of a
breaching  party and except for the  confidentiality  obligations of the parties
and except for any  obligation  of the Company to make the  termination  payment
described below. If (i) the Company  terminates the Merger Agreement  because of
its receipt of a Superior  Acquisition  Proposal or (ii) if any party terminates
the Merger Agreement because the Company's shareholders have failed to adopt the
Merger and the Company or any of its subsidiaries enters into an agreement on or
before  December 31, 1999  providing  for certain  transactions,  the Company is
obligated to pay IPC a termination fee of $200,000.

Certain Results of the Merger

         As a result of the Merger,  the  separate  corporate  existence  of the
Company  will cease.  The  shareholders  of the  Company  will cease to have any
rights with respect to their  shares  other than the right to receive  $0.27 per
share or to perfect any rights  they may have as  dissenting  shareholders.  The
Common Stock will no longer be registered  under the Securities  Exchange Act of
1934  and the  Company  will no  longer  have  the  obligation  to file  reports
thereunder.

Federal Income Tax Consequences

         The following  discussion is a summary of the principal  federal income
tax  consequences  of the Merger to  stockholders of the Company whose shares of
Common Stock are surrendered  pursuant to the Merger (including any cash amounts
received by  dissenting  stockholders  pursuant to the exercise of rights).  The
discussion  applies only to  stockholders  in whose hands shares of Common Stock
are capital assets and may not apply to shares of Common Stock received pursuant
to the exercise of employee  stock  options or otherwise as  compensation  or to
stockholders who are not citizens or residents of the United States.

         THE FEDERAL  INCOME TAX  CONSEQUENCES  SET FORTH BELOW ARE INCLUDED FOR
GENERAL  INFORMATIONAL  PURPOSES  ONLY AND ARE BASED UPON PRESENT  LAW.  BECAUSE
INDIVIDUAL  CIRCUMSTANCES MAY DIFFER,  EACH STOCKHOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT SUCH
STOCKHOLDER'S  OWN TAX  ADVISER  TO  DETERMINE  THE  APPLICABILITY  OF THE RULES
DISCUSSED  BELOW TO SUCH  STOCKHOLDER  AND THE  PARTICULAR  TAX  EFFECTS  OF THE
MERGER, 
                                       10
<PAGE>
INCLUDING THE APPLICATION AND EFFECT OF STATE, LOCAL AND OTHER TAX LAWS.

         The receipt of cash pursuant to the Merger  (including any cash amounts
received by  dissenting  stockholders  pursuant to the  exercise of  dissenters'
rights) will be a taxable  transaction for federal income tax purposes under the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). In general,  for federal
income tax purposes,  a  stockholder  will  recognize  gain or loss equal to the
difference  between the cash received by the stockholder  pursuant to the Merger
and  the  stockholder's  adjusted  tax  basis  in the  shares  of  Common  Stock
surrendered  pursuant to the Merger. Such gain or loss will be a capital gain or
loss.  The  rate  at  which  any  such  gain  will  be  taxed  to  non-corporate
stockholders  (including  individuals,  estates and trusts)  will,  as a general
matter,  depend upon each  stockholder's  holding period in the shares of Common
Stock at the Effective Time. If a non-corporate stockholder's holding period for
the shares of Common  Stock is more than 12 months,  either a 20 percent or a 10
percent  capital gains rate generally will apply to such gain,  depending on the
amount of taxable income of such stockholder for such year. If the stockholder's
holding  period  for the shares of Common  Stock is one year or less,  such gain
will be taxed at the same rates as ordinary  income.  Capital loss  generally is
deductible  only to the extent of  capital  gain plus  ordinary  income of up to
$3,000.  Net  capital  loss in  excess  of  $3,000  may be  carried  forward  to
subsequent taxable years.

         For  corporations,  capital  losses are  allowed  only to the extent of
capital  gains,  and net  capital  gain is taxed at the  same  rate as  ordinary
income.  Corporations  generally may carry capital losses back up to three years
and forward up to five years.

         Payments  in  connection  with the  Merger  may be  subject  to "backup
withholding"  at a  31%  rate.  Backup  withholding  generally  applies  if  the
stockholder fails to furnish such stockholder's  social security number or other
taxpayer  identification  number ("TIN"),  or furnishes an incorrect TIN. Backup
withholding  is not an additional  tax but merely a creditable  advance  payment
which may be refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax. Certain
persons generally are exempt from backup withholding, including corporations and
financial  institutions.  Certain penalties apply for failure to furnish correct
information.

Rights of Dissenting Shareholders

         Sections 623 and 910 of the New York Business  Corporation  Law give to
any shareholder of the Company who wishes to object to the Merger (an "Objecting
Shareholder")  the right to  receive  from the  Company  the fair  value of such
shareholder's shares in cash, provided that the Merger is not abandoned or fails
to be approved, and provided further that the following procedures are carefully
followed.

         (a) The Objecting Shareholder must not vote in favor of the Merger and,
before the  proposal to approve the Merger is submitted to a vote at the Special
Meeting to be held on June 14, 1999,  the Objecting  Shareholder  must file with
the  Company  a  written   objection  to  the  Merger   stating  the   Objecting
Shareholder's  intention  to  demand  payment  for the  Objecting  Shareholder's
shares.  The written  objection should be delivered prior to the Special Meeting
to V Band Corporation, 3 Westchester Plaza, Elmsford, NY 10523, Attention of Mr.
Robert  Riiska,  

                                       11
<PAGE>
Chief  Financial   Officer.   Registered  Mail,   Return  Receipt  Requested  is
recommended. The objection may also be submitted at the Special Meeting before a
vote is taken on the Merger.

         (b) The  objection  must  include  (i) a notice of election to dissent,
(ii) the shareholder's name and residence address, (iii) the number of shares as
to which the  shareholder  dissents  and (iv) a demand  for  payment of the fair
value of the shareholder's shares if the Merger is consummated.

         (c) A NEGATIVE VOTE IS NOT SUFFICIENT. A shareholder may not dissent as
to less than all of the shares,  as to which he has a right to dissent,  held by
him of record, that he owns beneficially. A nominee or fiduciary may not dissent
on behalf  of any  beneficial  owner as to less  than all of the  shares of such
owner,  as to which such  nominee or fiduciary  has a right to dissent,  held of
record by such nominee or fiduciary.

         (d)  Within  ten days after the date  after the  Special  Meeting,  the
Company must give written notice to each Objecting  Shareholder  that the Merger
has been authorized by the vote of the Company's shareholders.

         (e) Together  with the written  demand or within one month  thereafter,
the  Objecting  Shareholder  must submit  certificates  representing  all of his
shares of the  Company's  stock to the  Company  or its  transfer  agent for the
purpose of  affixing a notation  indicating  that a demand for  payment has been
made. Otherwise, at the option of the Company, exercised by written notice given
within 45 days from the date of filing of the notice to dissent,  the  Objecting
Shareholder  will lose his dissenter's  rights,  unless a court,  for good cause
shown, otherwise directs.

         (f) Within 15 days after the later of the Effective Time or last day of
the period during which written demand by the Objecting Shareholder must be made
(but in no case later than 90 days from the date of the  Special  Meeting),  the
Company  must  make a  written  offer  by  registered  mail  to  each  Objecting
Shareholder to pay for such shareholder's  shares at a specified price which the
Company  considers to be their fair value.  Such offer must be  accompanied by a
statement  setting  forth the  aggregate  number of shares with respect to which
notices of election to dissent have been  received and the  aggregate  number of
holders of such shares.  If the Merger has been  consummated at the time of such
offer,  the offer shall also be accompanied  by (i) the advance  payment to each
Objecting  Shareholder  who  has  submitted  to the  Company  his  or her  stock
certificates as described in the preceding  paragraph (e), of an amount equal to
80% of the amount of such offer,  or (ii) as to each Objecting  Shareholder  who
has not yet submitted such Shareholder's  stock  certificates,  a statement that
the Company will make an advance  payment to such  Objecting  Shareholder  of an
amount equal to 80% of the amount of such offer promptly upon submission of such
Objecting  Shareholder's stock certificates.  Every advance payment or statement
as to advance  payment must include  advice to the Objecting  Shareholder to the
effect that  acceptance  of such  payment  does not  constitute  a waiver of any
dissenter's  rights.  Any offer  must be made at the same price per share to all
Objecting Shareholders.

         (g)  If,  within  30  days  after  making  such  offer,  the  Objecting
Shareholder  and the Company  agree upon the price to be paid for the  Objecting
Shareholder's shares,  payment must be made by the Company within 60 days of the
date of the making of such offer or the Effective

                                       12
<PAGE>
Time,  whichever is later,  upon the surrender of the certificates  representing
the Objecting Shareholder's shares.

         (h) If the Company  fails to make such offer as  provided in  paragraph
(f) or if the Objecting Shareholder and the Company fail to agree upon the price
to be paid within 30 days of the date of the Company's  offer, the Company must,
within 20 days after the expiration of the applicable  time period,  institute a
special  proceeding  in the  Supreme  Court of the State of New York,  County of
Westchester to determine the rights of the Objecting  Shareholder and to fix the
fair value of the Objecting Shareholder's shares.

         (i) If the Company  fails to  institute  such special  proceeding,  the
Objecting  Shareholder  may do so within 30 days after the expiration of such 20
day period.  Failure of the Objecting  Shareholder to institute such proceedings
will  result  in the loss of such  Objecting  Shareholder's  dissenter's  rights
unless the court, for good cause shown, otherwise directs.

         (j)  Within  60 days  after  the  final  determination  of the  special
proceeding,  the Company must pay to each Objecting Shareholder the amount found
to be due  him or her,  upon  surrender  of the  certificates  representing  the
Objecting Shareholder's shares.

         After the Effective  Time, the  obligations of the Company  referred to
above will be  discharged  by Merger Sub, as the  surviving  corporation  of the
Merger.

         The foregoing summary of the rights of Objecting  Shareholders does not
purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to Sections
623 and 910 of the New York Business Corporation Law, a copy of which appears in
Appendix B to this Proxy Statement.

Source of Funds

         If the Merger is consummated,  and no dissenters' rights are exercised,
shareholders of the Common Stock will receive  aggregate cash  consideration for
their shares of approximately $1.5 million.  All of these funds will be supplied
by IPC from its general corporate funds.


               MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
                              STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

         The  Company's  Common  Stock is listed for  quotation  in the National
Association  of Securities  Dealers OTC Bulletin  Board under the symbol "VBAN".
The following  table shows the high and low closing bid prices for the Company's
Common  Stock during each of the fiscal  quarters  identified  below.  These bid
prices were obtained from IDD Information Services. The

                                       13
<PAGE>
quotations  represent prices in the  over-the-counter  market between dealers in
securities and do not include retail markup, markdown, or commissions.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal 1999                                   High               Low
- -----------                                   ----               ---
<S>                                           <C>                <C>   
Second Quarter                                $  .48             $  .20
First Quarter                                 $  .22             $  .17

Fiscal 1998                                   High               Low
- -----------                                   ----               ---
Fourth Quarter                                $  .41             $  .13
Third Quarter                                 $  .38             $  .11
Second Quarter                                $  .88             $  .25
First Quarter                                 $1.75              $  .63

Fiscal 1997                                   High               Low
- -----------                                   ----               ---
Fourth Quarter                                $2.44              $1.50
Third Quarter                                 $2.44              $1.38
Second Quarter                                $2.00              $1.25
First Quarter                                 $2.50              $1.25
</TABLE>

         On April 14, 1999 (the last trading day before the  announcement of the
Merger  Agreement) the low bid price,  high ask price,  and closing bid price of
the Common Stock were $0.22, $0.34, and $0.28, respectively. As of May 12, 1999,
there were approximately 480 holders of record of the Company's Common Stock.

         The Company has never paid a regular  dividend on its shares,  and does
not anticipate paying dividends in the near future.

         Under  the  terms of the  Credit  Agreement  dated  as of May 28,  1997
between the Company and National Bank of Canada, New York Branch, the Company is
restricted  from  declaring  or  paying  dividends  if an event of  default  has
occurred and is continuing thereunder.



                                   THE COMPANY

General

         The Company was incorporated in New York in 1977 and commenced business
operations  in  1980.  It  is  a  leading   supplier  of  instant  access  voice
communications  systems.  These  systems  include  sophisticated  software-based
communications workstations,  switching equipment,  peripheral products, project
management  services,  technical services and wide-area network  solutions.  The
Company's  products  and  services  are used  worldwide  primarily  by financial
services  organizations  for the  trading of stocks,  bonds and other  financial
instruments.  Other  applications  include the mission  critical  communications
requirements of the electric power industry and emergency service providers.

                                       14
<PAGE>
         The largest share of the  Company's  sales is derived from the sale and
servicing of voice trading systems to the financial services  industry.  Traders
and  dealers  require  instant  access  communication  to a large  constituency,
including peers,  customers,  and market information  providers.  In contrast to
conventional  business  telephone  systems,  voice trading  systems utilize more
network access lines than telephone handsets. Each workstation provides the user
with immediate push button access to as many as 320 telephone lines along with a
visual indication of the current  operational status of each line. The Company's
voice  trading  systems offer a distributed  switching  architecture  (without a
central controller) and full software control for ease of moves, additions,  and
changes.  Other markets for these systems include  communication control centers
for  utilities,  government  and military  agencies,  emergency  service  E9-1-1
dispatch centers and network operations.

Available Information

         The  Company  is  subject  to  the  informational  requirements  of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 and, in accordance  therewith,  files  reports,
proxy  statements  and  other  information  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission (the "SEC").  Such reports and other information may be inspected and
copied or obtained  by mail upon  payment of the SEC's  prescribed  rates at the
public  reference  facilities  maintained by the SEC at 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,
Room 1024,  Washington,  D.C.  20549 and at the New York Regional  Office of the
SEC, 7 World Trade Center,  New York,  New York 10048.  The SEC also maintains a
Web  site  that  contains  reports,  proxy,  information  statements  and  other
information  regarding  registrants that file  electronically  with the SEC. The
address of such site is http://www.sec.gov.

         Accompanying  and  forming  a part  of  this  Proxy  Statement  are the
Company's  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  October 31, 1998,  as
amended,  and the  Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form  10-Q for the  quarterly
period ended January 31, 1999.

Selected Financial Data

         The following  table presents  certain  summary  selected  consolidated
financial  data of the Company as of and for each year of the five fiscal  years
in the period  ended  October  31, 1998 and for the three  month  periods  ended
January 31, 1999 and January 31,  1998.  This  financial  data was derived  from
audited and unaudited  historical financial statements of the Company and should
be read in  conjunction  with  the  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" contained elsewhere in this Proxy
Statement  and the  financial  statements  and  notes  accompanying  this  Proxy
Statement.

         The  selected  financial  data set  forth  below do not  purport  to be
complete  and should be read in  conjunction  with,  and are  qualified in their
entirety by, the Company's interim unaudited

                                       15
<PAGE>
financial  statements  and  annual  financial  statements,  including  the notes
thereto, which accompany this Proxy Statement.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                For the 3 Months
                                Ended January 31,                       For the Year Ended October 31,
                                -----------------         ---------------------------------------------------------
                                1999         1998         1998          1997         1996         1995         1994
                                ----         ----         ----          ----         ----         ----         ----
                                                        (in 000's, except per share data)

<S>                              <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>       <C>    
Sales                            $3,776        $4,724      $18,573       $31,081     $32,886       $29,351   $31,078

Income (loss) before
cumulative effect of
accounting change                 (568)       (2,322)      (4,369)       (8,512)          27      (11,594)       627

Cumulative effect of
accounting change                  -             -            -             -           -             -        1,242
                                -------       -------      -------       -------     -------       -------   -------  
Net income (loss) per
basic and diluted common
share                            $(568)      $(2,322)     $(4,369)      $(8,512)         $27     $(11,594)    $1,869
                                 ======      ========     ========      ========         ===     =========    ======
Per share data:
   Income (loss) before
   cumulative effect of
   accounting change             $(.10)        $(.43)       $(.81)       $(1.58)        $.01       $(2.18)      $.12

   Cumulative effect of
   accounting change               -             -            -             -           -             -          .23
                                -------       -------      -------       -------     -------       -------   -------
   Net income (loss)             $(.10)        $(.43)       $(.81)       $(1.58)        $.01       $(2.18)     $ .35
                                 ======        ======       ======       =======        ====       =======      ====
Weighted average number of
basic and diluted common
shares outstanding

Cash dividends per common 
share                            5,429         5,413        5,423         5,372       5,323         5,322     5,311

                                  $.00          $.00         $.00          $.00        $.00          $.00      $.00

Working capital                   $928        $2,987       $1,395        $5,151     $10,619        $9,622   $18,935

Total assets                    $8,006       $11,564       $8,807       $14,552     $22,042       $21,212   $36,027

Shareholders' equity            $1,392        $3,832       $1,920        $6,097     $14,488       $14,398   $26,039
</TABLE>

                                       16
<PAGE>
Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations

          As an  aid to  understanding  the  Company's  operating  results,  the
following table shows, for the periods  indicated,  the percentage  relationship
which each item bears to sales.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          3 Months Ended      Fiscal Year Ended October 31,
                                            January 31,       -----------------------------
                                         1999       1998       1998       1997        1996
                                        ------     ------     ------     ------     -------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>  
Sales
   Equipment                              55.4%      68.3%      66.8%      81.8%       84.2%
   Service                                44.6       31.7       33.2       18.2        15.8
                                        ------     ------     ------     ------     -------
Total sales                              100.0      100.0      100.0      100.0       100.0
Cost of sales
   Equipment(*)                           78.3       75.1       69.0       73.8        59.2
   Service (*)                            63.3       65.9       67.8       76.7        62.2
                                        ------     ------     ------     ------     -------
Total cost of sales                       71.6       72.2       68.6       74.3        59.7
                                        ------     ------     ------     ------     -------
Gross Profit                              28.4       27.8       31.4       25.7        40.3
Selling, general and administrative
expenses                                  37.8       62.8       44.6       39.2        31.0
Research and development expenses          5.0       12.7        9.2       11.5         9.5
                                        ------     ------     ------     ------     -------
Operating loss                           (14.4)     (47.7)     (22.4)     (25.0)       (0.1)
                                        ======     ======     ======     ======     =======
Net income (loss)                        (15.0)%    (49.2)%    (23.5)%    (27.4)%       .01%
                                        ======     ======     ======     ======     =======
</TABLE>
*  Presented as a percentage of the related sales categories.

Comparison of First Quarter 1999 and 1998

Results of Operations
- ---------------------

          Sales for the first quarter of 1999, ended January 31, 1999, of $3,776
were $948, or 20%, lower than the $4,724  reported in the first quarter of 1998.
Equipment  sales of $2,093 in the first quarter of 1999 decreased by $1,135,  or
35%,  from the  equipment  sales of $3,228 in the first  quarter  of 1998.  This
decrease was primarily due to decreased demand for the Company's products. Sales
from the Company's  service business  increased to $1,683, or 13%, for the first
quarter of 1999 from $1,496 for the first  quarter of 1998.  This  increase  was
primarily due to new maintenance  contracts entered into after the expiration of
warranty periods for  installations of the Company's  exchange phone in previous
fiscal years and an increase in other customers serviced by the Company.

          Gross  profit  margin was 28% for the first  quarter of 1999 and 1998.
The gross profit margin for the equipment  sales was 22% in the first quarter of
1999  compared to 25% for the same period in 1998.  This  decrease was primarily
attributable  to price  discounting  required  in  competitive  bidding  for new
installations as well as additions to existing customer installations. The gross
profit  margin  for  service  sales  was 37% for the  first  quarter  of 1999 as
compared to 
                                       17
<PAGE>
34% for the same period in 1998. The increase was  attributable  to the increase
in maintenance sales for the first quarter.

          Operating expenses for the first quarter of 1999 were $1,614 or $1,952
lower than the $3,566  reported for the first quarter of 1998.  The decrease was
primarily attributable to the first quarter 1998 charge of $1,023 related to the
Company's   restructuring   of  its  operations,   reductions  in  research  and
development expenditures, and decreases in other operating expenses.

          The net loss  reported in the first quarter ended January 31, 1999 was
$568,  or $.10 per share,  compared to a net loss of $2,322,  or $.43 per share,
for the  first  quarter  of 1998.  The loss was  primarily  attributable  to the
aforementioned decrease in equipment sales and gross profit margin for the first
quarter of 1999.  The average shares  outstanding  for the quarter ended January
31, 1999 increased to 5,429 versus 5,413 for the same period in 1998.

Financial Condition
- -------------------

          The  Company's  cash was $630 at January 31,  1999, a decrease of $285
from the October 31, 1998 balance of $915.  Short-term  debt decreased $120 as a
result of payments  made during the  quarter.  Inventory  decreased  $540 as the
Company substantially  reduced new purchases and also rescheduled  deliveries of
goods previously ordered from its subcontractors and suppliers.

          The Company's losses for 1997, 1998 and the first quarter of 1999 have
had a substantial  impact on its working capital and liquidity.  On May 28, 1997
the Company  entered  into a Credit  Agreement  (the  "Credit  Agreement")  with
National  Bank of Canada,  New York Branch (the  "Bank").  The Credit  Agreement
provides a $2 million credit  facility to the Company  secured by  substantially
all of the assets of the Company and its domestic  subsidiaries.  As a result of
the Company's results of operations, the Bank amended the financial covenants of
the Credit Agreement.  The Company's operations are dependent upon the continued
availability  of  funding  under the Credit  Agreement.  The  amended  financial
covenants  require,  among other things, an improvement in the Company's results
of  operations  during  the  second  fiscal  quarter  of 1999  and a  return  to
profitability  in the third fiscal  quarter of 1999.  There is no assurance that
the Company will be able to satisfy these requirements.

Comparison of Fiscal Years 1998, 1997, and 1996

Sales
- -----

          Sales for the year ended October 31, 1998 were $18.6 million,  a $12.5
million,  or 40%  decrease  from sales for 1997.  The  decline in 1998 sales was
primarily due to a decrease in large exchange floor  installations and a general
decline in demand for the Company's products. Equipment sales, which include new
equipment  installations plus moves,  adds, and changes for customers'  existing
systems,  decreased by 51% from $25.4  million in 1997 to $12.4 million in 1998.
Of this $13.0 million  decrease,  $7.0 million was  attributable to a decline in
large  exchange  floor  installations  and $6.0  million was  attributable  to a
decrease in the sale of the Company's other products.

          Sales in 1998 to non-financial customers (i.e.,  communication control
centers  for  utilities,  and  government  agencies,  etc.)  accounted  for $4.0
million,  or 21% of sales,  a $1.5  million
  
                                       18
<PAGE>
increase from 1997  non-financial  customer sales. The increase was attributable
to a $0.7 million  increase in sales of the Company's Licom products and several
specific sales of the Company's product in diverse applications in 1998.

          Sales for the year ended October 31, 1997 were $31.1  million,  a $1.8
million,  or 5%  decrease  from  sales for 1996.  The  decline in 1997 sales was
primarily due to a decrease in sales of the Company's  Licom  subsidiary and was
partially offset by an increase in the Company's service sales. Equipment sales,
which  include new equipment  installations  plus moves,  adds,  and changes for
customers' existing systems, decreased by 8% from $27.7 million in 1996 to $25.4
million in 1997. Of this $2.3 million decrease, $1.5 million was attributable to
a decline in the sales of Licom's products and $.8 million was attributable to a
decrease in the sale of the Company's other products. The decline in the sale of
the  Company's  Licom  products was  primarily due to a decline in the number of
units sold  resulting  from  increased  competition  in the  market for  Licom's
products and the Company's emphasis on the sale of its other products.

          Sales in 1997 to non-financial customers (i.e.,  communication control
centers for utilities and government agencies) accounted for $2.5 million, or 8%
of sales, a $3.5 million  decrease from 1996  non-financial  customer sales. The
decrease  was  related  primarily  to several  specific  sales of the  Company's
product in diverse applications in 1996.

          Since  the  Company  sells  products  to  its  foreign  customers  and
distributors for U.S. dollars,  it is unaffected by currency  translations.  The
Company's United Kingdom operation  primarily transacts sales in pounds sterling
or US dollars.  Those sales  transacted in pound  sterling  were not  materially
impacted by foreign exchange rate fluctuations during 1998 or 1997.

          Direct  sales were $16.4  million,  or 88% of total sales in 1998,  as
compared to $24.9 million and $28.4 million, or 80% and 86% of sales in 1997 and
1996, respectively.

Gross Profit Margins
- --------------------

          Gross profit margins for 1998 and 1997 were 31% and 26%  respectively.
The  equipment  gross profit  margin was 31% in 1998 as compared to 26% in 1997.
The  increase in  equipment  gross profit  margins in 1998 was  attributable  to
modifications to existing systems and Licom new systems installed representing a
higher  percentage of total equipment sales. In general,  both of these types of
sales  generate  higher  gross  profit  margins  than new  installations  of the
Company's  core  products.  The service gross profit margin  increased to 32% in
1998 from 23% in 1997. This was primarily attributable to efficiencies gained as
a result  of the  January  1998  restructuring,  and new  maintenance  contracts
entered into during 1998.

          Gross profit margins for 1997 and 1996 were 26% and 40%  respectively.
The  equipment  gross profit  margin was 26% in 1997 as compared to 41% in 1996.
The decrease in  equipment  gross profit  margins for 1997 was  attributable  to
special  fourth  quarter  1997  expense  adjustments,  including  an $.8 million
write-down of certain field and supplier inventory and a $.5 million increase in
inventory  reserves  related to components for older product lines. In addition,
the gross profit margin was  unfavorably  impacted by large customer  contracts,
for which the Company obtained lower gross profit margins,  large  manufacturing
variances,  due  to a  lower  volume  of  purchases  during  the  year,  service
variances, due to large contracts where the Company

                                       19
<PAGE>
incurred  additional warranty costs, and a decrease in gross profit margins from
the Company's  Licom  business due to increased  production  costs.  The service
gross  profit  margin  decreased  to 23% in 1997  from  38% in  1996.  This  was
primarily  attributable to increased costs in the Company's  service  operations
and an increase in the amount of technicians providing warranty services related
to several large contracts.

Operating Expenses
- ------------------

          Total  operating   expenses  for  1998  decreased  to  $10.0  million,
representing a 37% decrease from $15.8 million for 1997. Operating expenses as a
percentage  of sales were 54% in 1998 as compared to 51% in 1997.  The  selling,
general and administrative  expenses increase as a percentage of sales to 45% in
1998 from 39% in 1997 was attributable to a $1.0 million restructuring charge in
1998.

          Total  operating   expenses  for  1997  increased  to  $15.8  million,
representing an 18% increase from $13.3 million for 1996.  Operating expenses as
a percentage of sales were 51% in 1997 as compared to 40% in 1996.  The selling,
general and administrative expenses increased as a percentage of sales to 39% in
1997 from 31% in 1996.

         Selling,  general  and  administrative  costs for 1998  decreased  $3.9
million to $8.3 million,  or 32%,  from $12.2  million in 1997.  The decrease in
selling,  general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to cost
reductions  initiated  in the January  1998  restructuring  program and the 1997
write-off of the remaining  value of the goodwill of $2.3 million related to the
Company's London operation.

         Selling, general and administrative costs for 1997 increased $2 million
to $12.2  million,  or 20%, from $10.2 million in 1996. The increase in selling,
general and  administrative  expense was primarily  attributable  to the Company
writing off the remaining  value of the goodwill of $2.3 million  related to the
Company's London operation.

          Research and development  expenses for 1998 of $1.7 million  decreased
$1.9  million,  or 52% from  $3.6  million  in 1997.  Research  and  development
expenses as a percentage of sales  decreased to 9% in 1998 as compared to 11% in
1997. The decrease is primarily due to the  maturation of the Company's  current
product line and the suspension of development of a new generation product line.

          Research and development  expenses for 1997 of $3.6 million  increased
$.5  million,  or 15%,  from $3.1  million  in 1996.  Research  and  development
expenses as a percentage of sales  increased to 11% in 1997 as compared to 9% in
1996. The increase was primarily due to prototype and  development  expenses for
specific customer contracts.

Other Income and Expense
- ------------------------

          Interest  expense was $195,000 for 1998 and $80,000 in 1997, which was
primarily due to the debt incurred  related to the credit  facility  obtained by
the Company in May 1997. No interest expense was reported in 1996.

                                       20
<PAGE>
Provision for Income Taxes
- --------------------------

          The Company  accounts for income taxes in accordance with Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 109 ("SFAS  109")  "Accounting  for Income
Taxes."  Under SFAS 109,  the deferred tax  provision  is  determined  under the
liability  method.  Under this method,  deferred tax assets and  liabilities are
recognized based on differences  between the financial statement carrying amount
and the tax basis of assets and liabilities  using presently  enacted tax rates.
During 1996, the Company reduced the deferred tax asset and valuation  allowance
by  $208,000.  During  1997,  the Company  increased  the deferred tax asset and
valuation allowance by $3,105,000 and $3,805,000 respectively.  During 1998, the
Company  increased  both the  deferred  tax asset  and  valuation  allowance  by
$2,786,000.  The total valuation allowance as of October 31, 1998 of $11,409,000
reduces the deferred tax asset to zero. The Company's  1998,  1997, and 1996 tax
provisions of $0, $700,000, and $5,000, reflect effective tax rates of 0%, (9)%,
and 16%, respectively.

Net Income (Loss) Per Basic and Diluted Common Share
- ----------------------------------------------------

          For 1998,  the Company  recorded a net loss of $4.4  million or ($.81)
per share,  as  compared  to a net loss of $8.5  million or ($1.58) per share in
1997.  The loss was  primarily  attributable  to reduction in the overall  sales
level, partially offset by a reduction in operating expenses.

          For 1997,  the Company  recorded a net loss of $8.5 million or ($1.58)
per share,  as compared to net income of $27,000 or $.01 per share in 1996.  The
loss was  primarily  attributable  to the  write-off of goodwill  related to the
Company's London operation, the write-down of spare and prototype inventory, the
write-down of the Company's deferred tax asset, and a reduction in the Company's
gross profit margin.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
- -------------------------------

         The Company's  cash at October 31, 1998  increased $.6 million,  to $.9
million,  compared to the $.3  million  balance  reported  at October 31,  1997.
Accounts  receivable  decreased $5.3 million,  to $2.8 million in 1998 from $8.1
million in 1997 primarily due to retainage due on a large  customer  contract as
of October 31, 1997,  increased  collection efforts, and a decline in the demand
for  the  Company's  products.  Short-term  debt  decreased  $1.5  million,  and
inventories decreased $.5 million.

         The  Company's  cash at October  31, 1997  declined $2 million,  to $.3
million,  compared  to the  balances  reported  at October  31,  1996.  Accounts
receivable  increased $1.4 million, to $8.1 million in 1997 from $6.7 million in
1996 primarily due to retainage due on a large customer contract.  Other current
liabilities (excluding short-term debt) decreased $2.1 million. Offsetting these
items,  short-term  debt  increased  $2.9 million and inventory  decreased  $3.1
million.

          The Company's working capital was $1.4 million as of October 31, 1998,
a $3.8 million  decrease from $5.2 million as of October 31, 1997. The reduction
in working  capital as of October 31, 1998 was primarily  attributable to losses
incurred by the Company.

                                       21
<PAGE>
          The Company's working capital was $5.2 million as of October 31, 1997,
a $5.4 million decrease from $10.6 million as of October 31, 1996. The reduction
in working  capital as of October 31,  1997 was  primarily  attributable  to the
increase  in  short-term  debt  and  decreases  in  inventory  and cash and cash
equivalents.  Working  capital was $10.6  million as of October 31,  1996,  a $1
million increase from $9.6 million as of October 31, 1995.

          The Company's  losses for 1998 and 1997 have had a substantial  impact
on its working capital and liquidity. On May 28, 1997 the Company entered into a
Credit Agreement (the "Credit Agreement") with National Bank of Canada, New York
Branch (the "Bank") which expires on May 28, 2000. The Credit Agreement provides
a $2 million credit facility to V Band Corporation  secured by substantially all
of the assets of the Company and its domestic  subsidiaries.  As a result of the
Company's  results of  operations  in the past,  the Bank amended the  financial
covenants of the Credit Agreement.  The Company's  operations are dependent upon
the continued availability of funding under the Credit Agreement.  The continued
availability of funding under the Credit  Agreement is dependent,  in turn, upon
the Company's  ability to satisfy the amended  financial  covenants set forth in
the Credit  Agreement.  The amended  financial  covenants  require,  among other
things,  an improvement in the Company's results of operations during the second
fiscal  quarter of 1999 and a return to  profitability  commencing  in the third
fiscal  quarter of 1999.  There is no assurance that the Company will be able to
satisfy these requirements.

          The Company has no significant commitments for capital expenditures as
of October 31, 1998.

Year 2000
- ---------

         The Company utilizes software and related  technologies  throughout its
business  that may be  affected  by the date  change in the year  2000.  Systems
modifications  or  replacement  are  underway  which  are  expected  to make all
computer  systems at the Company  compliant  with the year 2000  requirement.  A
committee consisting of key employees from the engineering,  IT, production, and
finance and management functions established  procedures for testing all Company
products,  software and vendors for year 2000 compliance. To date, major product
lines have been tested and found to be year 2000  compatible.  Vendors have been
formally contacted and asked to certify that year 2000 issues will not interfere
with delivery of goods or services.  A contingency  plan will be finalized after
the results of all testing and vendor  responses  are  received.  The  Company's
financial  software is  supported  by an  independent  firm which  licenses  its
products and services to the Company. Although the vendor has certified that its
applications  are in compliance  with the year 2000  requirements,  full testing
coupled  with a visit to the  vendor's  facility  are planned  during the second
quarter of 1999. In the event major problems are discovered, the Company expects
that new software can be installed and tested during the year.

         All  applicable  testing  for year 2000  compliance  is  scheduled  for
completion by June 30, 1999,  which the Company  believes will leave  sufficient
time to  resolve  any  problems  that  might be  discovered.  As most  costs are
associated with time spent by employees or vendors, the Company expects to incur
less than $50,000 of costs for year 2000 compliance issues.

                                       22
<PAGE>
         Although there can be no assurance that the Company, its vendors, third
party providers of goods and services  (utilities,  telecommunications  etc.) or
the Company's  customers will not discover year 2000  compliance  problems,  the
Company is  currently  unaware  of any that would have an adverse  affect on its
operations  and  financial  conditions.  Failure by the Company to identify  and
correct any year 2000 issues on a timely  basis could  result in lost  revenues,
increased  operating  expenditures,  loss  of  customers  coupled  with  related
litigation  expenses  and a  business  interruption,  any of which  could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition.

         A contingency  plan will be finalized  after the results of all testing
and vendor responses are received.

                              INFORMATION ABOUT IPC

         IPC Information Systems,  Inc. (together with its subsidiaries,  "IPC")
is a leader in providing  integrated  telecommunications  equipment and services
that  facilitate  the  execution  of  transactions  by  the  financial   trading
community.  Such transactions involve the trading of equity and debt securities,
commodities,   currencies  and  other   financial   instruments.   IPC  designs,
manufactures, installs and services turret systems and installs and services the
cabling infrastructure and networks which provide financial traders with desktop
access to  time-sensitive  communications  and  data.  IPC's  primary  customers
include securities and investment banking firms,  merchant and commercial banks,
interdealer  brokers,  foreign  exchange  and  commodity  brokers  and  dealers,
securities  and  commodity  exchanges,  mutual and hedge fund  companies,  asset
managers and insurance  companies.  IPC uses an integrated approach to marketing
its products and services,  leveraging its established  customer base throughout
the  financial  trading   community.   In  addition,   through  its  subsidiary,
International  Exchange  Networks,  Ltd. (IXnet),  IPC operates an international
voice and data network,  providing a variety of dedicated private line,  managed
data and switched voice services,  which has been specifically  designed to meet
the  specialized  telecommunications   requirements  of  the  financial  trading
community.  In 1998, IPC's total revenues were $295.9 million and total earnings
before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, excluding a non-recurring
$10.6 million  charge for change in control  expense,  was  approximately  $44.6
million.

Certain Assistance

         IPC has expressed a  willingness  to provide  commercial  and financial
assistance  to the  Company in  connection  with the  conduct  of the  Company's
operations  prior  to  the  consummation  of  the  Merger,  including,   without
limitation,  the  conduct  of the  Company's  business  with its  customers  and
suppliers.  However,  IPC has no obligation to provide such assistance under the
terms of the Merger  Agreement  and there is no assurance  that such  assistance
will be  provided.  Any  transaction  between  the  Company and IPC prior to the
consummation of the Merger will be on an arm's length basis and will depend upon
the ability of the Company and IPC to negotiate  mutually  acceptable terms with
respect to such provision of assistance.

                                       23
<PAGE>
         SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

         Set forth below is information  concerning  the stock  ownership of all
persons known by the Company to own  beneficially  more than 5% of the Company's
shares of Common Stock.  Each director of the Company,  each  executive  officer
named in the  executive  compensation  table  and all  directors  and  executive
officers of the Company as a group, as of May 12, 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Number of
                                                                            Shares    
                                                                         Beneficially                   Percentage of
                                                                            Owned                           Class
                                                                            -----                           -----
<S>                                                                       <C>            <C>                <C>  
Thomas E. Feil                                                            1,430,472      (1)                26.4%
3 Westchester Plaza, Elmsford, NY  10523

Thomas Hughes                                                               130,567      (2)                  *
3 Westchester Plaza, Elmsford, NY  10523

Luke P. La Valle, Jr.                                                        12,000      (2)                  *
50 Broad Street, Suite 1609, New York, NY  10004

Thomas H. Lenagh                                                             10,000      (2)                  *
6 Greenwich Office Park, Greenwich, CT 06831

Brian S. North                                                               25,000      (2)                  *
1400 Eleven Penn Center, Philadelphia, PA  19103

A. Eugene Sapp, Jr.                                                           8,000      (2)                  *
2101 West Clinton Ave., Huntsville, AL  35807

J. Stephen Vanderwoude                                                        8,000      (2)                  *
2316 Young Road, Southern Pines, NC  28388

All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons)              1,624,039      (1)                29.9%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
* -  less than 1%
</TABLE>
(1)  Excludes  80,000  shares  held  in an  irrevocable  trust  for  Mr.  Feil's
     daughter, over which Mr. Feil holds no voting or investment power. Includes
     40,000  shares  held by Mr.  Feil's  wife,  over which Mr.  Feil  disclaims
     beneficial ownership.

(2)  Includes  shares that may be acquired upon  exercise of options,  which are
     currently  exercisable or are exercisable  within 60 days, as follows:  Mr.
     Hughes,  130,567 shares;  Mr. LaValle,  12,000 shares;  Mr. Lenagh,  10,000
     shares; Mr. North,  25,000 shares; Mr. Sapp, 8,000 shares; Mr. Vanderwoude,
     8,000 shares; and all directors and executive officers as a group,  193,567
     shares.
                         INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

         It is anticipated that representatives of Deloitte & Touche LLP will be
present at the Special  Meeting and will have an opportunity to make a statement
if they  desire to do so,  and to  respond  to any  appropriate  inquiries  from
shareholders.
                                       24
<PAGE>
                                 OTHER BUSINESS

         The Board of Directors  knows of no other  business to be acted upon at
the Special Meeting.  However,  if any other business  properly comes before the
Meeting,  it is the intention of the persons named in the enclosed proxy to vote
on such matters in accordance with their best judgment.


                                              By Order of the Board of Directors


                                              /s/ THOMAS HUGHES
                                              -----------------
                                              THOMAS HUGHES
                                              President
Dated: May 12, 1999
<PAGE>
                                                                     APPENDIX  A



                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER


                                  BY AND AMONG


                         IPC INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.,


                              IPC MERGER SUB, INC.


                                       AND


                               V BAND CORPORATION


                                 APRIL 14, 1999






<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
         1.       Definitions                                                 1

2.       Basic Transaction                                                    5
         -----------------
                  (a)    The Merger                                           5
                  (b)    The Closing                                          6
                  (c)    Actions at the Closing                               6
                  (d)    Effect of Merger                                     6
                  (e)    Procedure for Payment                                7
                  (f)    Closing of Transfer Records                          7

         3.       Representations and Warranties of the Target                7
                  (a)    Organization, Qualification, and Corporate Power     8
                  (b)    Capitalization                                       8
                  (c)    Authorization of Transaction                         8
                  (d)    Noncontravention                                     8
                  (e)    Filings with the SEC                                 9
                  (f)    Title to Assets                                      9
                  (g)    Subsidiaries                                         9
                  (h)    Financial Statements                                 10
                  (i)    Events Subsequent to Most Recent Fiscal Quarter End  10
                  (j)    Undisclosed Liabilities                              10
                  (k)    Brokers' Fees                                        10
                  (l)    Legal Compliance                                     10
                  (m)    Tax Matters                                          11
                  (n)    Real Property                                        12
                  (o)    Intellectual Property                                13
                  (p)    Tangible Assets                                      14
                  (q)    Inventory                                            14
                  (r)    Contracts                                            14
                  (s)    Notes and Accounts Receivable                        15
                  (t)    Powers of Attorney                                   16
                  (u)    Insurance                                            16
                  (v)    Litigation                                           16
                  (w)    Product Warranty                                     16
                  (x)    Product Liability17
                  (y)    Employees                                            17
                  (z)    Employee Benefits17
                  (aa)   Environmental, Health, and Safety Matters            19
                  (bb)   Disclosure                                           19
         4.       Representations and Warranties of the Buyer and Merger Sub  19
<PAGE>
                  (a)    Organization                                         19
                  (b)    Authorization of Transaction                         19
                  (c)    Noncontravention                                     19
                  (d)    Brokers' Fees                                        20
                  (e)    Disclosure                                           20
                  (f)    Merger Sub.                                          20

         5.       Covenants                                                   20
                  (a)    General                                              20
                  (b)    Notices and Consents                                 20
                  (c)    Regulatory Matters and Approvals                     20
                  (d)    Operation of Business                                21
                  (e)    Full Access                                          22
                  (f)    Notice of Developments                               22
                  (g)    Exclusivity                                          22
                  (h)    Insurance and Indemnification                        23
                  (i)    Stock Options                                        23
                  (j)    National Bank of Canada                              24
                  (k)    Form 10-Q                                            24

6.       Conditions to Obligation to Close                                    24
                  (a)    Conditions to Obligation of the Buyer and Merger Sub 24
                  (b)    Conditions to Obligation of the Target               26

         7.       Termination                                                 27
                  (a)    Termination of Agreement                             27
                  (b)    Effect of Termination                                27
                  (c)    Termination Fee                                      28

8.       Miscellaneous                                                        28
                  (a)    Survival                                             28
                  (b)    Press Releases and Public Announcements              28
                  (c)    No Third-Party Beneficiaries                         28
                  (d)    Entire Agreement                                     28
                  (e)    Succession and Assignment                            28
                  (f)    Counterparts                                         28
                  (g)    Headings                                             28
                  (h)    Notices                                              29
                  (i)    Governing Law                                        30
                  (j)    Jurisdiction; Service of Process                     30
                  (l)    Severability                                         31
                  (m)    Expenses                                             31
                  (n)    Construction                                         31
                  (o)    Incorporation of Exhibits and Schedules              31
<PAGE>
Exhibit A--Delaware Certificate of Merger
Exhibit B--New York Certificate of Merger
Exhibit C--Form of Opinion of Counsel to the Target
Exhibit D--Form of Opinion of Counsel to the Buyer and Merger Sub
Disclosure Schedule--Exceptions to Representations and Warranties
<PAGE>
                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

         Agreement  entered  into  as of  April  14,  1999,  by  and  among  IPC
Information Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Buyer"), IPC Merger Sub,
Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Buyer ("Merger
Sub"), and V Band Corporation, a New York corporation (the "Target"). The Buyer,
the Merger  Sub,  and the  Target are  referred  to  collectively  herein as the
"Parties."

         This  Agreement  contemplates  a  transaction  in which the Buyer  will
acquire all of the assets of the Target for cash  through a merger of the Target
with and into Merger Sub.

         Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement,  and as
a  condition  and  inducement  to the  Buyer's  willingness  to enter  into this
Agreement,  Thomas E.  Feil  ("Mr.  Feil")  and the Buyer  have  entered  into a
Stockholder's  Agreement (the "Stockholder's  Agreement")  pursuant to which Mr.
Feil has agreed to vote all shares of Target common stock  beneficially owned by
him (not less than 1,430,472 shares) in favor of the Merger.

         Now,  therefore,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  the  mutual
promises herein made, and in consideration of the  representations,  warranties,
and covenants herein contained, the Parties agree as follows:

         1.       Definitions.

         "Acquisition Proposal" has the meaning set forth in ss.5(q) below.

         "Acquisition Transaction" has the meaning set forth in ss.5(q) below.

         "Affiliate" has the meaning set forth in  Rule 12b-2 of the regulations
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act.

         "Affiliated  Group"  means any  affiliated  group within the meaning of
Code ss.1504(a) or any similar group defined under a similar provision of state,
local or foreign law.

         "Business  Plan"  means the  documents  designated  as such by separate
agreement of the Parties.

         "Buyer" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

         "Buyer-owned Share" means any Target Share that the Buyer or Merger Sub
owns beneficially.

         "Closing" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(b) below.
<PAGE>
         "Closing  Date" has the  meaning  set forth in ss.2(b)  below.  "COBRA"
means  the  requirements  of Part 6 of  Subtitle  B of Title I of ERISA and Code
ss.4980B.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         "Confidentiality  Agreement" means the agreement between the Target and
the Buyer dated September 11, 1998.

         "Confidential   Information"  means  any  information   concerning  the
businesses and affairs of the Target and its Subsidiaries other than information
that (i) was or becomes generally available to the public or (ii) was or becomes
generally available to the Buyer or Merger Sub on a non-confidential basis prior
to its disclosure to the Buyer, Merger Sub or their representatives.

         "Controlled Group" has the meaning set forth in Code ss.1563.

         "Credit  Facility"  means  the  revolving  loan and  letter  of  credit
facility  of the Target  made  pursuant  to the  credit  agreement  between  the
National Bank of Canada, New York Branch and the Target,  dated May 28, 1997, as
amended and the Loan Documents referred to therein.

         "Definitive  Proxy  Materials"  means the  definitive  proxy  materials
relating to the Special Meeting.

         "Delaware  Certificate  of Merger" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(c)
below.

         "Delaware General Corporation Law" means the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware, as amended.

         "Disclosure Schedule" has the meaning set forth in ss.3 below.

         "Dissenting  Share"  means  any  Target  Share  held of  record  by any
stockholder who or which has exercised his or its appraisal rights under the New
York Business Corporation Law.

         "Effective Time" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(d)(i) below.

         "Employee   Benefit   Plan"   means  any  (a)   nonqualified   deferred
compensation  or  retirement  plan  or   arrangement,   (b)  qualified   defined
contribution retirement plan or arrangement which is an Employee Pension Benefit
Plan, (c) qualified  defined benefit  retirement plan or arrangement which is an
Employee  Pension  Benefit  Plan  (including  any  Multiemployer  Plan),  or (d)
Employee  Welfare Benefit Plan or material  fringe benefit or other  retirement,
bonus, or incentive plan or program.

         "Employee  Pension  Benefit  Plan" has the  meaning  set forth in ERISA
ss.3(2).

         "Employee  Welfare  Benefit  Plan" has the  meaning  set forth in ERISA
ss.3(1).
<PAGE>
         "Environmental,   Health,  and  Safety  Requirements"  shall  mean  all
federal,  state, local and foreign statutes,  regulations,  ordinances and other
provisions  having the force or effect of law, all  judicial and  administrative
orders  and  determinations,  all  contractual  obligations  and all  common law
concerning public health and safety,  worker health and safety, and pollution or
protection of the environment,  including without  limitation all those relating
to  the  presence,  use,  production,   generation,  handling,   transportation,
treatment,  storage,  disposal,  distribution,  labeling,  testing,  processing,
discharge,  release,  threatened  release,  control, or cleanup of any hazardous
materials,  substances or wastes,  chemical substances or mixtures,  pesticides,
pollutants,  contaminants,  toxic chemicals,  petroleum  products or byproducts,
asbestos,  polychlorinated biphenyls, noise or radiation, each as amended and as
now or hereafter in effect.

         "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.

         "Excess Loss Account" has the meaning set forth in Reg. ss.1.1502-19.

         "GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting  principles as
in effect from time to time.

         "Intellectual Property" means (a) all inventions (whether patentable or
unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice),  all improvements thereto,
and all patents, patent applications, and patent disclosures,  together with all
reissuances,  continuations,  continuations-in-part,  revisions, extensions, and
reexaminations  thereof, (b) all trademarks,  service marks, trade dress, logos,
trade names, and corporate names,  together with all translations,  adaptations,
derivations,  and  combinations  thereof and including  all goodwill  associated
therewith,  and all  applications,  registrations,  and  renewals in  connection
therewith,  (c) all copyrightable  works, all copyrights,  and all applications,
registrations,  and renewals in connection therewith, (d) all mask works and all
applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (e) all trade
secrets and confidential  business  information  (including ideas,  research and
development,  know-how,  formulas,  compositions,  manufacturing  and production
processes and techniques,  technical data,  designs,  drawings,  specifications,
customer  and supplier  lists,  pricing and cost  information,  and business and
marketing plans and proposals),  (f) all computer  software  (including data and
related documentation), (g) all other proprietary rights, and (h) all copies and
tangible embodiments thereof (in whatever form or medium).

         "Knowledge" means actual knowledge after reasonable investigation.

         "Liability"  means any  liability  (whether  known or unknown,  whether
asserted or  unasserted,  whether  absolute or  contingent,  whether  accrued or
unaccrued,  whether  liquidated  or  unliquidated,  and whether due or to become
due), including any liability for Taxes.

         "Merger" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(a) below.

         "Merger Consideration" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(d)(v) below.

         "Merger Sub" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.
<PAGE>
         "Most Recent  Balance Sheet" means the balance sheet  contained  within
financial statements for the Most Recent Fiscal Quarter End. "Most Recent Fiscal
Quarter End" has the meaning set forth in ss.3(h) below.

         "Most  Recent  Fiscal  Year End" has the  meaning  set forth in ss.3(h)
below.

         "Mr. Feil" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

         "Multiemployer Plan" has the meaning set forth in ERISA ss.3(37).

                  "New  York  Business   Corporation  Law"  means  the  Business
Corporation Law of the State of New York, as amended.

         "New York  Certificate  of Merger" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(c)
below.

         "Ordinary  Course of Business"  means the  ordinary  course of business
consistent with past custom and practice (including with respect to quantity and
frequency)  which,  in the case of the Target,  it is understood has resulted in
operating losses.

         "Party" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

         "Paying Agent" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(e)(i) below.

         "Payment Fund" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(e)(i) below.

         "Person"  means  an  individual,  a  partnership,  a  corporation,   an
association,  a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated
organization, `or a governmental entity (or any department, agency, or political
subdivision thereof).

         "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

         "Prohibited  Transaction" has the meaning set forth in ERISA ss.406 and
Code ss.4975.

         "Public Report" has the meaning set forth in ss.3(e) below.

         "Reportable Event" has the meaning set forth in ERISA ss.4043.

         "Requisite  Stockholder  Approval"  means the  affirmative  vote of the
holders of two thirds of the Target  Shares in favor of this  Agreement  and the
Merger.

         "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         "Securities Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
<PAGE>
         "Security  Interest"  means any mortgage,  pledge,  lien,  encumbrance,
charge, or other security  interest,  other than (a) mechanic's,  materialman's,
and similar liens, (b) liens for taxes not yet due and payable or for taxes that
the taxpayer is contesting in good faith through  appropriate  proceedings,  (c)
purchase  money liens and liens  securing  rental  payments  under capital lease
arrangements, and (d) other liens arising in the Ordinary Course of Business and
not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money.

         "Special Meeting" has the meaning set forth in ss.5(c)(ii) below.

         "Stockholder's  Agreement"  has the  meaning  set forth in the  preface
above.

         "Subsidiary"  means any  corporation  with respect to which a specified
Person (or a Subsidiary  thereof) owns a majority of the common stock or has the
power to vote or direct the voting of sufficient  securities to elect a majority
of the directors.

         "Superior   Acquisition   Proposal"   has  the  meaning  set  forth  in
ss.7(a)(iv) below.

         "Surviving Corporation" has the meaning set forth in ss.2(a) below.

         "Target" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

         "Target Share" means any share of the Common Stock,  $.01 par value per
share, of the Target which is the only class of capital stock of the Target that
is outstanding and has voting rights..

         "Target  Stockholder"  means any Person  who or which  holds any Target
Shares.

         "Tax"  means any  federal,  state,  local,  or  foreign  income,  gross
receipts,  license, payroll,  employment,  excise, severance, stamp, occupation,
premium,  windfall profits,  environmental  (including taxes under Code ss.59A),
customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding,  social security
(or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales,
use,  transfer,  registration,  value  added,  alternative  or  add-on  minimum,
estimated, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty,
or addition thereto, whether disputed or not.

         "Tax Return" means any return,  declaration,  report, claim for refund,
or information return or statement relating to Taxes,  including any schedule or
attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

         "Third   Party"  means  any  "group"  as  described  in  Rule  13d-5(b)
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act, or Person, other than the Target,
the Buyer, Merger Sub or any of their Affiliates.

         2.       Basic Transaction.
<PAGE>
         (a)      The Merger. On and subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement,  the Target will merge with and into Merger Sub (the "Merger") at the
Effective Time and Merger Sub shall be the corporation surviving the Merger (the
"Surviving Corporation").

         (b)      The Closing.  The closing of the transactions  contemplated by
this  Agreement  (the  "Closing")  shall  take  place at the  offices of Thacher
Proffitt & Wood, Two World Trade Center,  New York, New York  commencing at 9:00
a.m. local time on the second business day following the  satisfaction or waiver
of  all  conditions  to  the  obligations  of  the  Parties  to  consummate  the
transactions  contemplated hereby (other than conditions with respect to actions
the  respective  Parties will take at the Closing  itself) or such other date as
the Parties may mutually determine (the "Closing Date").

         (c)      Actions at the Closing.  At the  Closing,  (i) the Target will
deliver to the Buyer and Merger Sub the various certificates,  instruments,  and
documents  referred  to in  ss.6(a)  below,  (ii) the Buyer and  Merger Sub will
deliver to the Target  the  various  certificates,  instruments,  and  documents
referred to in ss.6(b) below, (iii) the Target and Merger Sub will file with the
Secretary  of  State  of  the  State  of  Delaware  a   certificate   of  merger
substantially   in  the  form  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  A  (the  "Delaware
Certificate  of  Merger"),  (iv) the  Target  and  Merger Sub will file with the
Department  of  State  of  the  State  of  New  York  a  certificate  of  merger
substantially  in  the  form  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  B  (the  "New  York
Certificate of Merger"),  and (v) the Buyer will cause the Surviving Corporation
to deliver the Payment Fund to the Paying Agent in the manner  provided below in
this ss.2.

         (d)      Effect of Merger.

                  (i) General.  The Merger  shall  become  effective at the time
         (the  "Effective  Time") the  Target  and Merger Sub file the  Delaware
         Certificate  of  Merger  with the  Secretary  of State of the  State of
         Delaware.  The Merger  shall have the effect set forth in the  Delaware
         General  Corporation  Law. The Surviving  Corporation  may, at any time
         after the  Effective  Time,  take any action  (including  executing and
         delivering any document) in the name and on behalf of either the Target
         or Merger  Sub in order to carry out and  effectuate  the  transactions
         contemplated by this Agreement.

                  (ii)   Certificate  of   Incorporation.   The  Certificate  of
         Incorporation of the Surviving  Corporation shall be the Certificate of
         Incorporation of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time.

                  (iii) Bylaws. The Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation shall be
         the Bylaws of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time.

                  (iv)  Directors  and  Officers.  The directors and officers of
         Merger Sub shall become the  directors  and  officers of the  Surviving
         Corporation at and as of the Effective Time (retaining their respective
         positions and terms of office).

                  (v)  Conversion of Target  Shares.  At and as of the Effective
         Time,  (A)  each  Target  Share  (other  than any  Dissenting  Share or
         Buyer-owned  Share)  shall be  converted 
<PAGE>
         into the right to receive an amount (the "Merger  Consideration") equal
         to $0.27 in cash (without interest), (B) each Dissenting Share shall be
         converted  into  the  right  to  receive  payment  from  the  Surviving
         Corporation  with respect  thereto in accordance with the provisions of
         the New York Business  Corporation Law, and (C) each Buyer-owned  Share
         shall be canceled;  provided,  however,  that the Merger  Consideration
         shall be  subject  to  equitable  adjustment  in the event of any stock
         split,  stock  dividend,  reverse  stock split,  or other change in the
         number of Target Shares outstanding. No Target Share shall be deemed to
         be  outstanding  or to have any rights other than those set forth above
         in this ss.2(d)(v) after the Effective Time.

         (e)      Procedure for Payment.

                           (i)  Immediately  after the Effective  Time,  (A) the
                  Buyer  will  cause the  Surviving  Corporation  to  furnish to
                  ChaseMellon Shareholders Services, L.L.C. (the "Paying Agent")
                  a corpus (the "Payment Fund")  consisting of cash  (registered
                  in the name of the Paying Agent or its nominee)  sufficient in
                  the aggregate for the Paying Agent to make full payment of the
                  Merger  Consideration to the holders of all of the outstanding
                  Target   Shares   (other  than  any   Dissenting   Shares  and
                  Buyer-owned  Shares)  and (B) the Buyer  will cause the Paying
                  Agent to mail a letter of transmittal  (with  instructions for
                  its use) to each record  holder of  outstanding  Target Shares
                  for the holder to use in surrendering the  certificates  which
                  represented  his or its Target Shares  against  payment of the
                  Merger  Consideration.  No interest  will accrue or be paid to
                  the holder of any outstanding Target Shares.

                           (ii) The Buyer may cause the  Paying  Agent to invest
                  the  cash  included  in  the  Payment  Fund  in  one  or  more
                  investments  as the  Buyer  may  direct  from  time  to  time;
                  provided,  however,  that  the  terms  and  conditions  of the
                  investments  shall be such as to permit  the  Paying  Agent to
                  make prompt payment of the Merger  Consideration as necessary.
                  The  Buyer  may  cause  the  Paying  Agent  to pay over to the
                  Surviving  Corporation  any net  earnings  with respect to the
                  investments,   and  the  Buyer   will   cause  the   Surviving
                  Corporation  to replace  promptly  any  portion of the Payment
                  Fund which the Paying Agent loses through investments.

                  (iii) The Buyer may cause the Paying  Agent to pay over to the
                  Surviving   Corporation   any  portion  of  the  Payment  Fund
                  (including any earnings  thereon)  remaining 60 days after the
                  Effective Time, and thereafter all former  stockholders  shall
                  be entitled to look to the Surviving  Corporation  (subject to
                  abandoned  property,  escheat,  and  other  similar  laws)  as
                  general  creditors  thereof  with  respect to the cash payable
                  upon surrender of their certificates.

                           (iv) The Buyer shall cause the Surviving  Corporation
                  to pay all charges and expenses of the Paying Agent.
<PAGE>
         (f)      Closing  of  Transfer  Records.   After  the  Effective  Time,
transfers of Target Shares  outstanding prior to the Effective Time shall not be
made on the stock transfer books of the Surviving Corporation.

         3.  Representations and Warranties of the Target. The Target represents
and warrants to the Buyer and Merger Sub that the  statements  contained in this
ss.3 are correct and  complete  as of the date of this  Agreement,  and that the
statements  contained in ss.ss.3(a),  (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (k) and (bb), and
will be correct and  complete as of the Closing Date (as though made then and as
though  the  Closing  Date  were  substituted  for the  date  of this  Agreement
throughout the aforesaid  subsections of this ss.3),  except as set forth in the
disclosure  schedule  accompanying  this  Agreement and initialed by the Parties
(the  "Disclosure  Schedule").  The  Disclosure  Schedule  will be  arranged  in
paragraphs  corresponding to the lettered and numbered  paragraphs  contained in
this ss.3.

         (a)      Organization, Qualification, and Corporate Power. Each of the
Target and its Subsidiaries is a corporation duly organized,  validly  existing,
and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, as
set forth in the Disclosure Schedule. Each of the Target and its Subsidiaries is
duly  authorized to conduct  business and is in good standing  under the laws of
each  jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified would have a material
adverse effect upon the business,  financial condition,  operations,  results of
operations  or future  prospects of the Target and its  Subsidiaries  taken as a
whole.  Each of the Target and its  Subsidiaries  has full  corporate  power and
authority and all licenses,  permits,  and authorizations  necessary to carry on
the  businesses in which it is engaged and to own and use the  properties  owned
and used by it except for such licenses, permits and authorizations, the absence
of which would not have a material  adverse effect upon the business,  financial
condition,  operations,  results of operations or future prospects of the Target
and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.  ss.3(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists
the  directors  and  officers  of each of the Target and its  Subsidiaries.  The
Target has delivered to the Buyer and Merger Sub correct and complete  copies of
the  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws of each of the  Target  and its
Subsidiaries (as amended to date).  The minute books  (containing the records of
meetings of the stockholders,  the board of directors, and any committees of the
board of directors),  the stock certificate books, and the stock record books of
each of the Target and its  Subsidiaries  are correct and complete.  None of the
Target and its Subsidiaries is in default under or in violation of any provision
of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws.

         (b)      Capitalization.  The entire  authorized  capital  stock of the
Target consists of 20,000,000  Target Shares,  of which 5,428,621  Target Shares
are issued and outstanding and 1,719,322 Target Shares are held in treasury. All
of the issued and  outstanding  Target Shares have been duly  authorized and are
validly  issued,  fully paid,  and  nonassessable.  There are no  outstanding or
authorized options, warrants,  purchase rights,  subscription rights, conversion
rights,  exchange  rights,  or other contracts or commitments that could require
the Target to issue,  sell, or otherwise cause to become  outstanding any of its
capital  stock.  There are no  outstanding  or  authorized  stock  appreciation,
phantom  stock,  profit  participation,  or similar  rights with  respect to the
Target.   There  are  no  voting  trusts,   proxies,   or  other  agreements  or
understandings with respect to the voting of the capital stock of the Target.
<PAGE>
         (c)      Authorization  of  Transaction.  The board of directors of the
Target has adopted this  Agreement  (including  the plan of merger  incorporated
herein) in accordance with Section 902 of the New York Business Corporation Law.
The Target has full power and  authority  (including  full  corporate  power and
authority) to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its  obligations
hereunder;  provided,  however,  that the Target  cannot  consummate  the Merger
unless and until it receives the Requisite Stockholder Approval.  This Agreement
constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of the Target,  enforceable
in accordance with its terms and conditions.

         (d)      Noncontravention.  Neither the  execution  and the delivery of
this Agreement,  nor the consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby,
will (i)  violate  any  constitution,  statute,  regulation,  rule,  injunction,
judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any government,
governmental agency, or court to which any of the Target and its Subsidiaries is
subject or any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of any of
the Target and its  Subsidiaries  or (ii) conflict with,  result in a breach of,
constitute a default under,  result in the  acceleration of, create in any party
the right to accelerate,  terminate,  modify,  or cancel, or require any notice,
consent or approval  under any material  agreement,  contract,  lease,  license,
instrument, or other arrangement to which any of the Target and its Subsidiaries
is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its assets is subject  (or
result in the imposition of any Security Interest upon any of its assets). Other
than in connection with the provisions of the New York Business Corporation Law,
the Securities  Exchange Act, and applicable  state securities laws, none of the
Target and its  Subsidiaries  needs to give any notice to, make any filing with,
or  obtain  any  authorization,  consent,  or  approval  of  any  government  or
governmental  agency in order for the  Parties to  consummate  the  transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement,  except for such  authorizations,  consents or
approvals which, if not obtained,  would not have a material adverse effect upon
the business, financial condition,  operations,  results of operations or future
prospects of the Target and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

         (e)      Filings with the SEC. The Target has made all filings with the
SEC  that  it has  been  required  to  make  under  the  Securities  Act and the
Securities Exchange Act (collectively the "Public Reports").  Each of the Public
Reports has complied with the Securities Act and the Securities  Exchange Act in
all material respects. None of the Public Reports, as of their respective dates,
contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material
fact  necessary in order to make the  statements  made therein,  in light of the
circumstances  under  which  they were  made,  not  misleading.  The  Target has
provided  the Buyer with  access to a correct and  complete  copy of each Public
Report (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and as amended to date)
filed by the Target since January 1, 1994.

         (f)      Title to Assets. The Target and its Subsidiaries have good and
marketable title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, the properties and assets
used by them,  located on their  premises,  or shown on the Most Recent  Balance
Sheet or  acquired  after  the date  thereof,  free  and  clear of all  Security
Interests,  except for properties and assets  disposed of in the Ordinary Course
of Business since the date of the Most Recent Balance Sheet.

         (g)      Subsidiaries.  ss.3(g) of the  Disclosure  Schedule sets forth
for  each   Subsidiary  of  the  Target  (i)  its  name  and   jurisdiction   of
incorporation, (ii) the number of shares of authorized
<PAGE>
capital stock of each class of its capital stock, (iii) the number of issued and
outstanding  shares of each class of its capital stock, the names of the holders
thereof,  and the number of shares held by each such holder, and (iv) the number
of  shares  of its  capital  stock  held  in  treasury.  All of the  issued  and
outstanding  shares of capital stock of each  Subsidiary of the Target have been
duly authorized and are validly issued,  fully paid, and  nonassessable.  One of
the Target and its Subsidiaries holds of record and owns beneficially all of the
outstanding  shares  of each  Subsidiary  of the  Target,  free and clear of any
restrictions on transfer (other than  restrictions  under the Securities Act and
state  securities  laws  or in the  case of V Band  plc,  foreign  law),  Taxes,
Security Interests, options, warrants, purchase rights, contracts,  commitments,
equities,  claims, and demands.  There are no outstanding or authorized options,
warrants,  purchase rights,  subscription  rights,  conversion rights,  exchange
rights,  or other contracts or commitments  that could require any of the Target
and its  Subsidiaries  to sell,  transfer,  or otherwise  dispose of any capital
stock of any of its  Subsidiaries  or that could  require any  Subsidiary of the
Target to issue,  sell, or otherwise cause to become  outstanding any of its own
capital  stock.  There are no  outstanding  stock  appreciation,  phantom stock,
profit  participation,  or similar  rights with respect to any Subsidiary of the
Target.   There  are  no  voting  trusts,   proxies,   or  other  agreements  or
understandings with respect to the voting of any capital stock of any Subsidiary
of the  Target.  None of the Target and its  Subsidiaries  controls  directly or
indirectly  or  has  any  direct  or  indirect  equity   participation   in  any
corporation,  partnership,  trust, or other business  association which is not a
Subsidiary of the Target.

         (h)      Financial Statements.  The Target has filed a Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarter  ended  January 31, 1999 (the "Most  Recent
Fiscal Quarter End") and an Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
October 31, 1998 (the "Most Recent Fiscal Year End").  The financial  statements
included in or  incorporated  by reference into these Public Reports  (including
the related notes and  schedules)  have been  prepared in  accordance  with GAAP
applied on a consistent basis  throughout the periods covered  thereby,  present
fairly the  financial  condition  of the Target and its  Subsidiaries  as of the
indicated dates and the results of operations of the Target and its Subsidiaries
for the indicated  periods,  are correct and complete in all  respects,  and are
consistent  with the books  and  records  of the  Target  and its  Subsidiaries;
provided,  however,  that the interim  statements are subject to normal year-end
adjustments.

         (i)      Events  Subsequent to Most Recent Fiscal Quarter End. From the
Most Recent Fiscal Quarter End to the date of this Agreement, there has not been
any material adverse change in the business,  financial  condition,  operations,
results of operations,  or future  prospects of the Target and its  Subsidiaries
taken as a whole.

         (j)      Undisclosed   Liabilities.   None  of  the   Target   and  its
Subsidiaries  has any Liability,  including any Liability for Taxes,  except for
(i)  Liabilities  set forth on the face of, or in the notes to, the Most  Recent
Balance  Sheet or in the notes to the balance  sheet dated as of the Most Recent
Fiscal Year End, (ii) Liabilities which have arisen after the Most Recent Fiscal
Quarter  End in the  Ordinary  Course of  Business  and (iii)  Liabilities  that
individually or in the aggregate do not have a material  adverse effect upon the
business,  financial  condition,  operations,  results of operations,  or future
prospects of the Target and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
<PAGE>
         (k)      Brokers' Fees. None of the Target and its Subsidiaries has any
liability or obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder, or
agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         (l) Legal Compliance.  Each of the Target, its Subsidiaries,  and their
respective  predecessors  and Affiliates  has complied with all applicable  laws
(including rules,  regulations,  codes, plans, injunctions,  judgments,  orders,
decrees,  rulings, and charges thereunder) of federal, state, local, and foreign
governments (and all agencies thereof) the failure of which to comply with would
have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, operations,
results of  operations  or future  prospects of the Target and its  Subsidiaries
taken as a whole,  and no  action,  suit,  proceeding,  hearing,  investigation,
charge, complaint,  claim, demand, or notice has been filed or commenced against
any of them alleging any failure so to comply.

         (m)      Tax Matters.

                  (i) Each of the Target and its  Subsidiaries has filed all Tax
         Returns that it was required to file. All such Tax Returns were correct
         and  complete in all  material  respects.  All Taxes owed by any of the
         Target and its  Subsidiaries  (whether  or not shown on any Tax Return)
         have been paid.  None of the Target and its  Subsidiaries  currently is
         the  beneficiary  of any extension of time within which to file any Tax
         Return.  No claim has ever been made by an authority in a  jurisdiction
         where any of the Target and its Subsidiaries  does not file Tax Returns
         that it is or may be subject to  taxation by that  jurisdiction.  There
         are no Security Interests on any of the assets of any of the Target and
         its Subsidiaries  that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged
         failure) to pay any Tax.

                  (ii) Each of the Target and its  Subsidiaries has withheld and
         paid all Taxes  required to have been  withheld and paid in  connection
         with amounts  paid or owing to any  employee,  independent  contractor,
         creditor, stockholder, or other Third Party.

                  (iii)  Neither  the Target nor its  Subsidiaries  expects  any
         authority to assess any  additional  Taxes for any period for which Tax
         Returns have been filed.  There is no dispute or claim  concerning  any
         Tax  Liability  of any of the  Target and its  Subsidiaries  either (A)
         claimed  or raised by any  authority  in writing or (B) as to which the
         Target and its  Subsidiaries  has Knowledge based upon personal contact
         with  any  agent  of such  authority.  ss.3(m)(iii)  of the  Disclosure
         Schedule  lists all  federal,  state,  local,  and  foreign  income Tax
         Returns  filed with  respect to any of the Target and its  Subsidiaries
         for taxable periods ended on or after October 31, 1994, indicates those
         Tax Returns that have been  audited,  and  indicates  those Tax Returns
         that  currently  are the subject of audit.  The Target has provided the
         Buyer with access to correct and complete  copies of all federal income
         Tax  Returns,  examination  reports,  and  statements  of  deficiencies
         assessed against or agreed to by any of the Target and its Subsidiaries
         since October 31, 1994.

                  (iv) None of the  Target and its  Subsidiaries  has waived any
         statute of  limitations  in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension
         of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency.
<PAGE>
                  (v)  None of the  Target  and  its  Subsidiaries  has  filed a
         consent under Code ss.341(f) concerning collapsible corporations.  None
         of the Target and its Subsidiaries has made any payments,  is obligated
         to make any payments, or is a party to any agreement that under certain
         circumstances  could  obligate it to make any payments that will not be
         deductible under Code ss.280G.  None of the Target and its Subsidiaries
         has been a United States real property holding  corporation  within the
         meaning of Code ss.897(c)(2)  during the applicable period specified in
         Code  ss.897(c)(1)(A)(ii).  None of the Target and its Subsidiaries has
         issued or assumed (A) any obligation described in Section 279(b) of the
         Code, (B) any applicable high yield discount obligation,  as defined in
         Section   163(i)  of  the  Code,   or  (C)  any   registration-required
         obligations,  within the meaning of Section 163(f)(2) of the Code, that
         is not in registered  form. Each of the Target and its Subsidiaries has
         disclosed on its federal income Tax Returns all positions taken therein
         that could give rise to a substantial  understatement of federal income
         Tax within  the  meaning  of Code  ss.6662.  None of the Target and its
         Subsidiaries  is a party to any Tax  allocation  or sharing  agreement.
         None of the  Target  and its  Subsidiaries  (A) has been a member of an
         Affiliated Group filing a consolidated federal income Tax Return (other
         than a group the common  parent of which was the Target) or (B) has any
         Liability for the Taxes of any Person (other than any of the Target and
         its Subsidiaries)  under Reg.  ss.1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of
         state,  local,  or foreign  law),  as a  transferee  or  successor,  by
         contract, or otherwise.

                  (vi)  ss.3(m)(vi)  of the  Disclosure  Schedule sets forth the
         following  information  with  respect  to  each of the  Target  and its
         Subsidiaries (or, in the case of clause (B) below, with respect to each
         of the Subsidiaries) as of the most recent practicable date (as well as
         on an estimated pro forma basis as of the Closing  giving effect to the
         consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby): (A) the basis of
         the  Target  or  each  Subsidiary  in its  assets;  (B)  [intentionally
         omitted] (C) the amount of any net  operating  loss,  net capital loss,
         unused  investment  or other  credit,  unused  foreign  tax,  or excess
         charitable contribution allocable to the Target or any Subsidiary;  and
         (D) the amount of any deferred gain or loss  allocable to the Target or
         any Subsidiary arising out of any Deferred Intercompany Transaction.

                  (vii) The unpaid Taxes of the Target and its  Subsidiaries (A)
         did not, as of the Most Recent Fiscal  Quarter End,  exceed the reserve
         for  Tax  Liability   (rather  than  any  reserve  for  deferred  Taxes
         established to reflect timing differences  between book and Tax income)
         set forth on the face of the Most Recent  Balance Sheet (rather than in
         any notes  thereto)  and (B) do not exceed that reserve as adjusted for
         the passage of time  through the Closing  Date in  accordance  with the
         past custom and practice of the Target and its  Subsidiaries  in filing
         their Tax Returns.

         (n)      Real Property.

                  (i)      Neither the Target nor its Subsidiaries owns any real
property.
<PAGE>
                  (ii)   ss.3(n)(ii)  of  the  Disclosure   Schedule  lists  and
         describes briefly all real property leased or subleased to or by any of
         the Target and its Subsidiaries. The Target has provided the Buyer with
         access to correct  and  complete  copies of the  leases  and  subleases
         listed in ss.3(n)(ii) of the Disclosure  Schedule (as amended to date).
         With respect to each lease and sublease  listed in  ss.3(n)(ii)  of the
         Disclosure Schedule:

                           (A) the  lease  or sublease is legal, valid, binding,
                  enforceable, and in full force and effect;

                           (B) the lease or sublease  will continue to be legal,
                  valid, binding,  enforceable,  and in full force and effect on
                  identical terms following the consummation of the transactions
                  contemplated hereby;

                           (C) no  party  to  any  lease  or  sublease  that  is
                  material to the  business,  financial  condition,  operations,
                  results of  operations  or future  prospects of the Target and
                  its Subsidiaries taken as a whole is in breach or default, and
                  no event has  occurred  which,  with  notice or lapse of time,
                  would  constitute  a breach or default or permit  termination,
                  modification, or acceleration thereunder;

                           (D) no party to the lease or sublease has  repudiated
                  any provision thereof;

                           (E)  there  are  no  disputes,  oral  agreements,  or
                  forbearance programs in effect as to the lease or sublease;

                           (F)   with    respect   to   each    sublease,    the
                  representations  and warranties  set forth in subsections  (A)
                  through  (E) above are true and  correct  with  respect to the
                  underlying lease;

                           (G)  none  of the  Target  and its  Subsidiaries  has
                  assigned,  transferred,  conveyed, mortgaged, deeded in trust,
                  or encumbered any interest in the leasehold or subleasehold;

                           (H)  each  facility   leased  or  subleased  that  is
                  material to the  business,  financial  condition,  operations,
                  results of  operations  or future  prospects of the Target and
                  its Subsidiaries taken as a whole thereunder have received all
                  approvals of governmental  authorities (including licenses and
                  permits)  required  to  be  obtained  by  the  Target  or  its
                  Subsidiaries in connection with the operation thereof and have
                  been operated and maintained, to the extent the Target and its
                  Subsidiaries  are required to do so, in all material  respects
                  in accordance with applicable  laws,  rules,  and regulations;
                  and

                           (I) all facilities leased or subleased thereunder are
                  supplied with utilities and other  services  necessary for the
                  operation of said facilities.
<PAGE>
         (o)      Intellectual Property.

                  (i) The Target and its  Subsidiaries  own or have the right to
         use  pursuant to license,  sublicense,  agreement,  or  permission  all
         Intellectual  Property necessary for the operation of the businesses of
         the Target and its  Subsidiaries as presently  conducted.  Each item of
         Intellectual  Property  owned  or  used  by any of the  Target  and its
         Subsidiaries  immediately  prior to the Closing hereunder will be owned
         or available for use by the Target or the Subsidiary on identical terms
         and conditions immediately subsequent to the Closing hereunder. Each of
         the  Target and its  Subsidiaries  has taken all  action  necessary  to
         maintain and protect each item of Intellectual Property that it owns or
         uses  which  is  material  to  the  business  of  the  Target  and  its
         Subsidiaries as presently conducted.

                  (ii) None of the Target and its  Subsidiaries  has  interfered
         with, infringed upon, misappropriated,  or otherwise come into conflict
         with any Intellectual Property rights of third parties, and none of the
         Target and its Subsidiaries has received any charge, complaint,  claim,
         demand,  or  notice  alleging  any  such  interference,   infringement,
         misappropriation,  or  violation  (including  any claim that any of the
         Target and its  Subsidiaries  must  license  or refrain  from using any
         Intellectual  Property rights of any Third Party, in each case which is
         pending on the date of this Agreement).

                  (iii) ss.3(o)(iii) of the Disclosure  Schedule identifies each
         patent or  registration  which has been issued to any of the Target and
         its  Subsidiaries  with  respect to any of its  Intellectual  Property,
         identifies   each  pending  patent   application  or  application   for
         registration which any of the Target and its Subsidiaries has made with
         respect  to any of  its  Intellectual  Property,  and  identifies  each
         license, agreement, or other permission which any of the Target and its
         Subsidiaries  has granted to any Third Party with respect to any of its
         Intellectual Property (together with any exceptions).

                  (iv)  ss.3(o)(iv) of the Disclosure  Schedule  identifies each
         item of Intellectual Property that any Third Party owns and that any of
         the Target and its Subsidiaries  uses pursuant to license,  sublicense,
         agreement, or permission.

         (p)      Tangible Assets.  The Target and its Subsidiaries own or lease
all buildings, machinery, equipment, and other tangible assets necessary for the
conduct of their businesses as presently  conducted and as presently proposed to
be conducted.

         (q)      Inventory.  All inventory of the Target and its  Subsidiaries,
whether or not reflected in the Most Recent Balance Sheet, consists of a quality
and quantity usable and salable in the Ordinary Course of Business of the Target
and its  Subsidiaries,  except for items of obsolete  materials and materials of
below standard  quality,  all of which have been written down in the Most Recent
Balance Sheet to realizable  market value,  or for which adequate  reserves have
been  provided in the Most Recent  Balance  Sheet.  The present  quantity of all
inventory of the Target and its  Subsidiaries is reasonable and warranted in the
present circumstances of the business of the Target and its Subsidiaries.
<PAGE>

         (r)      Contracts.  ss.3(r)  of  the  Disclosure  Schedule  lists  the
following  contracts  and other  agreements  to which any of the  Target and its
Subsidiaries is a party on the date of this Agreement:

                  (i) any  agreement  (or group of related  agreements)  for the
         lease of personal  property to or from any Person  providing  for lease
         payments in excess of $50,000 per annum;

                  (ii) any  agreement (or group of related  agreements)  for the
         purchase or sale of raw materials, commodities,  supplies, products, or
         other personal  property,  or for the furnishing or receipt of services
         (including  maintenance),  the  performance of which will extend over a
         period  of more  than one year or  involve  consideration  in excess of
         $10,000 per annum;

                  (iii) any agreement concerning a partnership or joint venture;

                  (iv) any  agreement  (or group of  related  agreements)  under
         which it has created, incurred, assumed, or guaranteed any indebtedness
         for borrowed money, or any capitalized lease  obligation,  in excess of
         $50,000 or under which it has imposed a Security Interest on any of its
         assets,  tangible or intangible  or any  agreement  under which it is a
         guarantor  or  otherwise  is liable  for any  Liability  or  obligation
         (including indebtedness) of any other Person;

                  (v)      any agreement concerning noncompetition;

                  (vi) any profit sharing,  stock option, stock purchase,  stock
         appreciation,  deferred  compensation,  severance,  or  other  plan  or
         arrangement  for  the  benefit  of its  current  or  former  directors,
         officers, and employees;

                  (vii)    any collective bargaining agreement;

                  (viii) any agreement for the employment of any individual on a
         full-time,  part-time,  consulting,  or other  basis  providing  annual
         compensation  in excess of $75,000 or providing  severance or change of
         control benefits;

                  (ix) any  agreement  under which it has advanced or loaned any
         amount to any of its  directors,  officers,  and employees  outside the
         Ordinary Course of Business;

                  (x) any agreement under which the consequences of a default or
         termination  could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  business,
         financial  condition,  operations,  results  of  operations,  or future
         prospects of any of the Target and its  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole;
         or

                  (xi) any other agreement (or group of related  agreements) the
         performance of which involves consideration in excess of $100,000.
<PAGE>
Target has provided the Buyer with access to a correct and complete copy of each
written  agreement  listed in ss.3(r) of the Disclosure  Schedule (as amended to
date) and a written  summary setting forth the terms and conditions of each oral
agreement referred to in ss.3(r) of the Disclosure Schedule. With respect to any
such  agreement  which  is  material  to  the  business,   financial  condition,
operations,  results of  operations  or future  prospects  of the Target and its
Subsidiaries  taken as a whole:  (A) the  agreement  is legal,  valid,  binding,
enforceable, and in full force and effect; (B) the agreement will continue to be
legal, valid,  binding,  enforceable,  and in full force and effect on identical
terms following the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; (C) no
party is in breach or default,  and no event has  occurred  which with notice or
lapse of time  would  constitute  a breach or  default,  or permit  termination,
modification,  or  acceleration,  under  the  agreement;  and (D) no  party  has
repudiated any provision of the agreement.

         (s)      Notes  and  Accounts   Receivable.   All  notes  and  accounts
receivable of the Target and its  Subsidiaries  are reflected  properly on their
books and records, are valid receivables subject to no setoffs or counterclaims,
are current and  collectible,  and will be  collected in  accordance  with their
terms at their recorded  amounts,  subject only to the reserve for bad debts set
forth on the face of the Most Recent  Balance  Sheet  (rather  than in any notes
thereto)  as  adjusted  for the  passage of time  through  the  Closing  Date in
accordance with the past custom and practice of the Target and its Subsidiaries.

         (t)      Powers  of  Attorney.  There  are  no  outstanding  powers  of
attorney executed on behalf of any of the Target and its Subsidiaries.

         (u)      Insurance.  ss.3(u) of the Disclosure  Schedule sets forth the
following  information with respect to each insurance policy (including policies
providing property, casualty,  liability, and workers' compensation coverage and
bond and surety  arrangements)  to which any of the Target and its  Subsidiaries
has been a party, a named insured,  or otherwise the  beneficiary of coverage at
any time within the past six (6) years:

                  (i)      the name, address, and telephone number of the agent;

                  (ii) the name of the  insurer,  the name of the  policyholder,
         and the name of each covered insured;

                  (iii)    the policy number and the period of coverage;

                  (iv)  the  scope  (including  an  indication  of  whether  the
         coverage was on a claims made,  occurrence,  or other basis) and amount
         (including a description of how deductibles and ceilings are calculated
         and operate) of coverage;

                  (v)   a description of  any retroactive premium adjustments or
         other   loss-sharing arrangements; and
         
                           (vi) a list of losses  incurred  that were covered in
                  whole or in part by such policies.
<PAGE>
         (v)      Litigation. ss.3(v) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth each
instance in which any of the Target and its  Subsidiaries  (i) is subject to any
outstanding injunction,  judgment, order, decree, ruling, or charge or (ii) is a
party  or,  to the  Knowledge  of the  Target  and its  Subsidiaries,  has  been
threatened  to be made a party to any  action,  suit,  proceeding,  hearing,  or
investigation  of, in, or before any court or  quasi-judicial  or administrative
agency of any  federal,  state,  local,  or foreign  jurisdiction  or before any
arbitrator.  Neither the Target nor its  Subsidiaries  has any reason to believe
that any other such action, suit,  proceeding,  hearing, or investigation may be
brought or threatened against any of the Target and its Subsidiaries.

         (w)      Product Warranty. Each product manufactured,  assembled, sold,
leased,  or  delivered  by any of the  Target and its  Subsidiaries  has been in
conformity,   in  all  material  respects,   with  all  applicable   contractual
commitments and all express and implied  warranties,  and none of the Target and
its  Subsidiaries  has any  Liability  (and there is no Basis for any present or
future action, suit,  proceeding,  hearing,  investigation,  charge,  complaint,
claim,  or  demand  against  any of  them  giving  rise  to any  Liability)  for
replacement or repair thereof or other damages in connection therewith,  subject
only to the  reserve for  product  warranty  claims set forth on the face of the
Most Recent Balance Sheet (rather than in any notes thereto) as adjusted for the
passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance  with the past custom and
practice  of the Target and its  Subsidiaries.  No product  manufactured,  sold,
leased, or delivered by any of the Target and its Subsidiaries is subject to any
guaranty,  warranty, or other indemnity beyond the applicable standard terms and
conditions of sale or lease.  ss.3(w) of the Disclosure Schedule includes copies
of the standard terms and conditions of sale or lease for each of the Target and
its  Subsidiaries  (containing  applicable  guaranty,  warranty,  and  indemnity
provisions).

         (x)      Product Liability. None of the Target and its Subsidiaries has
any  Liability  (and there is no basis for any present or future  action,  suit,
proceeding, hearing, investigation,  charge, complaint, claim, or demand against
any of  them  giving  rise  to any  Liability)  arising  out  of any  injury  to
individuals or property as a result of the ownership,  possession, or use of any
product manufactured, assembled, sold, leased, or delivered by any of the Target
and its  Subsidiaries,  which Liability would have a material  adverse effect on
the business, financial condition,  operations,  results of operations or future
prospects of the Target and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

         (y)      Employees.   To  the   Knowledge   of  the   Target   and  its
Subsidiaries, no executive, key employee, or group of employees has any plans to
terminate  employment with any of the Target and its  Subsidiaries.  None of its
Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement,  nor
has any of them  experienced  any  strikes,  grievances,  claims of unfair labor
practices,  or other collective bargaining disputes.  None of the Target and its
Subsidiaries has committed any unfair labor practice. Neither the Target nor its
Subsidiaries has any Knowledge of any organizational effort presently being made
or  threatened  by or on behalf of any labor union with  respect to employees of
any of the Target and its Subsidiaries.

         (z)      Employee Benefits.
<PAGE>
                  (i) ss.3(z) of the  Disclosure  Schedule  lists each  Employee
         Benefit Plan that any of the Target and its  Subsidiaries  maintains or
         to which any of the Target and its Subsidiaries  contributes or has any
         obligation to contribute.

                           (A) Each such Employee Benefit Plan (and each related
                  trust,  insurance  contract,  or fund) complies in form and in
                  operation in all respects with the applicable  requirements of
                  ERISA, the Code, and other applicable laws.

                           (B) All required reports and descriptions  (including
                  Form 5500 Annual Reports,  summary annual  reports,  PBGC-1's,
                  and summary  plan  descriptions)  have been  timely  filed and
                  distributed  appropriately  with respect to each such Employee
                  Benefit  Plan.  The  requirements  of COBRA have been met with
                  respect  to  each  such  Employee  Benefit  Plan  which  is an
                  Employee Welfare Benefit Plan.

                           (C)  All   contributions   (including   all  employer
                  contributions  and employee  salary  reduction  contributions)
                  which are due have been  paid to each  such  Employee  Benefit
                  Plan  which  is an  Employee  Pension  Benefit  Plan  and  all
                  contributions  for any period  ending on or before the Closing
                  Date  which  are not  yet  due  have  been  paid to each  such
                  Employee  Pension  Benefit Plan or accrued in accordance  with
                  the  past   custom  and   practice   of  the  Target  and  its
                  Subsidiaries.  All premiums or other  payments for all periods
                  ending  on or  before  the  Closing  Date  have been paid with
                  respect  to  each  such  Employee  Benefit  Plan  which  is an
                  Employee Welfare Benefit Plan.

                           (D)  Each  such  Employee  Benefit  Plan  which is an
                  Employee  Pension  Benefit  Plan meets the  requirements  of a
                  "qualified  plan" under Code ss.401(a),  has received,  within
                  the last two years, a favorable  determination letter from the
                  Internal  Revenue  Service that it is a "qualified  plan," and
                  Seller is not aware of any facts or  circumstances  that could
                  result in the revocation of such determination letter.

                           (E) The  market  value  of  assets  under  each  such
                  Employee  Benefit  Plan which is an Employee  Pension  Benefit
                  Plan (other than any Multiemployer Plan) equals or exceeds the
                  present  value  of  all  vested  and   nonvested   Liabilities
                  thereunder   determined  in  accordance   with  PBGC  methods,
                  factors,  and  assumptions  applicable to an Employee  Pension
                  Benefit Plan terminating on the date for determination.

                           (F) The Target  has  provided  Buyer  with  access to
                  correct and complete  copies of the plan documents and summary
                  plan  descriptions,   the  most  recent  determination  letter
                  received from the Internal  Revenue  Service,  the most recent
                  Form 5500 Annual  Report,  and all related  trust  agreements,
                  insurance  contracts,   and  other  funding  agreements  which
                  implement each such Employee Benefit Plan.
<PAGE>
                  (ii) With  respect to each  Employee  Benefit Plan that any of
         the Target, its Subsidiaries, and any ERISA Affiliate maintains or ever
         has  maintained  or  to  which  any  of  them  contributes,   ever  has
         contributed, or ever has been required to contribute:

                           (A)  No  such  Employee  Benefit  Plan  which  is  an
                  Employee  Pension  Benefit Plan (other than any  Multiemployer
                  Plan) has been completely or partially  terminated or been the
                  subject of a  Reportable  Event as to which  notices  would be
                  required to be filed with the PBGC.  No proceeding by the PBGC
                  to terminate  any such  Employee  Pension  Benefit Plan (other
                  than any  Multiemployer  Plan) has been  instituted or, to the
                  Knowledge of the Target and its Subsidiaries, threatened.

                           (B) There have been no Prohibited  Transactions  with
                  respect to any such  Employee  Benefit  Plan. No Fiduciary has
                  any  Liability  for  breach  of  fiduciary  duty or any  other
                  failure to act or comply in connection with the administration
                  or investment of the assets of any such Employee Benefit Plan.
                  No action,  suit,  proceeding,  hearing, or investigation with
                  respect to the  administration or the investment of the assets
                  of any such Employee  Benefit Plan (other than routine  claims
                  for  benefits)  is pending or, to the  Knowledge of the Target
                  and its Subsidiaries,  threatened.  Neither the Target nor its
                  Subsidiaries  has any  Knowledge  of any  basis  for any  such
                  action, suit, proceeding, hearing, or investigation.

                           (C)  Neither  the  Target  nor its  Subsidiaries  has
                  incurred  or has any  reason to expect  that any of the Target
                  and its  Subsidiaries  will incur,  any  Liability to the PBGC
                  (other than PBGC premium payments) or otherwise under Title IV
                  of ERISA  (including  any  withdrawal  liability as defined in
                  ERISA  ss.4201)  or under  the Code with  respect  to any such
                  Employee  Benefit  Plan which is an Employee  Pension  Benefit
                  Plan.

                  (iii)  None of the  Target,  its  Subsidiaries,  and the other
         members  of the  Controlled  Group  that  includes  the  Target and its
         Subsidiaries  contributes to, ever has contributed to, or ever has been
         required to contribute to any  Multiemployer  Plan or has any Liability
         (including  withdrawal liability as defined in ERISA ss.4201) under any
         Multiemployer Plan.

                  (iv) None of the Target and its Subsidiaries maintains or ever
         has maintained or contributes,  ever has contributed,  or ever has been
         required to contribute to any Employee  Welfare  Benefit Plan providing
         medical,  health, or life insurance or other welfare-type  benefits for
         current or future retired or terminated  employees,  their spouses,  or
         their dependents (other than in accordance with COBRA).

         (aa) Environmental, Health, and Safety Matters. Each of the Target, its
Subsidiaries,  and their respective predecessors and Affiliates has complied and
is in compliance with all Environmental,  Health, and Safety  Requirements,  the
failure  to comply  with  which  would  have a  material  adverse  effect on the
business,  financial  condition,  operations,  results of  operations  or future
prospects of the Target and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
<PAGE>
         (bb)  Disclosure.  The Definitive  Proxy Materials will comply with the
Securities Exchange Act in all material respects. The Definitive Proxy Materials
will not  contain  any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to state a
material fact  necessary in order to make the  statements  made therein,  in the
light of the  circumstances  under  which  they  will be made,  not  misleading;
provided,  however,  that the Target makes no  representation  or warranty  with
respect  to  any  information   that  the  Buyer  and  Merger  Sub  will  supply
specifically for use in the Definitive Proxy Materials.

         4.  Representations and Warranties of the Buyer and Merger Sub. Each of
the  Buyer and  Merger  Sub  represents  and  warrants  to the  Target  that the
statements  contained  in this ss.4 are correct  and  complete as of the date of
this  Agreement  and will be correct and  complete  as of the  Closing  Date (as
though made then and as though the Closing Date were substituted for the date of
this  Agreement  throughout  this ss.4),  except as set forth in the  Disclosure
Schedule.  The Disclosure Schedule will be arranged in paragraphs  corresponding
to the numbered and lettered paragraphs contained in this ss.4.

         (a)      Organization.   Each  of  the  Buyer  and   Merger  Sub  is  a
corporation  duly organized,  validly  existing,  and in good standing under the
laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

         (b)      Authorization of Transaction. Each of the Buyer and Merger Sub
has full power and authority  (including  full corporate power and authority) to
execute and deliver this  Agreement  and to perform its  obligations  hereunder.
This Agreement  constitutes the valid and legally binding  obligation of each of
the  Buyer  and  Merger  Sub,  enforceable  in  accordance  with its  terms  and
conditions.

         (c)      Noncontravention.  Neither the  execution  and the delivery of
this Agreement,  nor the consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby,
will (i)  violate  any  constitution,  statute,  regulation,  rule,  injunction,
judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any government,
governmental agency, or court to which either the Buyer or Merger Sub is subject
or any provision of the  certificate  of  incorporation  or bylaws of either the
Buyer or Merger Sub or (ii) conflict with,  result in a breach of,  constitute a
default under,  result in the  acceleration of, create in any party the right to
accelerate,  terminate,  modify,  or  cancel,  or require  any notice  under any
material agreement,  contract, lease, license,  instrument, or other arrangement
to which either the Buyer or Merger Sub is a party or by which it is bound or to
which any of its assets is subject. Other than in connection with the provisions
of the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law,  the  Securities  Exchange  Act, the
Securities  Act, and applicable  state  securities  laws,  neither the Buyer nor
Merger  Sub needs to give any notice to,  make any  filing  with,  or obtain any
authorization,  consent, or approval of any government or governmental agency in
order for the  Parties  to  consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement,  except for such authorizations,  consents or approvals which, if not
obtained,  would  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  business,  financial
condition,  operations,  results of operations, or future prospects of the Buyer
and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

         (d)      Brokers'  Fees.  Neither  the  Buyer  nor  Merger  Sub has any
liability or obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder, or
agent with respect to the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement for which
any of the Target and its Subsidiaries could become liable or obligated.
<PAGE>
         (e)      Disclosure.  None of the information that the Buyer and Merger
Sub will supply  specifically  for use in the  Definitive  Proxy  Materials will
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary  in order to make the  statements  made  therein,  in the light of the
circumstances under which they will be made, not misleading.

         (f)      Merger  Sub.  Merger  Sub has  not  heretofore  conducted  any
business and has no material assets or liabilities  other than those  associated
with this Agreement.

         5.  Covenants.  The Parties agree as follows with respect to the period
from and after the execution of this Agreement.

         (a)      General. Each of the Parties will use its best efforts to take
all action and to do all things  necessary,  proper,  or  advisable  in order to
consummate and make effective the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement
(including satisfaction,  but not waiver, of the closing conditions set forth in
ss.6 below).

         (b)      Notices and  Consents.  The Target will give any notices  (and
will cause each of its  Subsidiaries to give any notices) to third parties,  and
will use its best efforts to obtain (and will cause each of its  Subsidiaries to
use its best  efforts to obtain)  any Third Party  consents,  that the Buyer may
request in connection with the matters referred to in ss.3(d) above.

         (c) Regulatory Matters and Approvals. Each of the Parties will (and the
Target  will cause each of its  Subsidiaries  to) give any  notices to, make any
filings with, and use its best efforts to obtain any  authorizations,  consents,
and approvals of governments  and  governmental  agencies in connection with the
matters  referred  to  in  ss.3(d)  and  ss.4(c)  above.  Without  limiting  the
generality of the foregoing:

                  (i)  Securities  Exchange Act and State  Securities  Laws. The
         Target will prepare and file with the SEC  preliminary  proxy materials
         under the Securities Exchange Act relating to the Special Meeting.  The
         Target will use its best  efforts to respond to the comments of the SEC
         thereon and will make any further  filings  (including  amendments  and
         supplements) in connection therewith that may be necessary,  proper, or
         advisable.  The Buyer will provide the Target with whatever information
         and assistance in connection with the foregoing  filing that the Target
         reasonably may request.

                  (ii) New York Business Corporation Law. The Target will call a
         special meeting of its stockholders (the "Special  Meeting") as soon as
         practicable in order that the  stockholders  may consider and vote upon
         the  adoption  of this  Agreement  and the  approval  of the  Merger in
         accordance with the New York Business  Corporation Law. The Target will
         mail the  Definitive  Proxy  Materials to its  stockholders  as soon as
         reasonably practicable. The Definitive Proxy Materials will contain the
         affirmative  recommendation  of the board of directors of the Target in
         favor of the adoption of this Agreement and the approval of the Merger;
         provided, however,   that neither the board of directors  nor any
<PAGE>
         director  or officer of the Target  shall be  required  to violate  any
         fiduciary  duty  or  other  requirement  imposed  by law in  connection
         therewith.

         (d)      Operation of Business. The Target will not (and will not cause
\or permit any of its Subsidiaries  to) engage in any practice, take any action,
or enter into any transaction  outside the Ordinary Course of Business.  Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing:

                  (i)      none of   the    Target   and its  Subsidiaries  will
         authorize  or effect any change in its certificate of incorporation or 
         bylaws;

                  (ii) none of the  Target and its  Subsidiaries  will grant any
         options,  warrants,  or other  rights to  purchase or obtain any of its
         capital  stock or  issue,  sell,  or  otherwise  dispose  of any of its
         capital  stock  (except  upon the  conversion  or  exercise of options,
         warrants, and other rights currently outstanding);

                  (iii) none of the Target and its  Subsidiaries  will  declare,
         set aside,  or pay any  dividend or  distribution  with  respect to its
         capital stock (whether in cash or in kind), or redeem,  repurchase,  or
         otherwise acquire any of its capital stock;

                  (iv) none of the  Target and its  Subsidiaries  will issue any
         note,  bond,  or other debt  security  or  create,  incur,  assume,  or
         guarantee any  indebtedness  for borrowed  money or  capitalized  lease
         obligation  outside the Ordinary Course of Business  (including in such
         Ordinary  Course of Business,  transactions  under the Target's  Credit
         Facility with National Bank of Canada and its successors and assigns);

                  (v) none of the Target  and its  Subsidiaries  will  impose or
         allow any Security Interest upon any of its assets outside the Ordinary
         Course of Business;  (including  in such  Ordinary  Course of Business,
         transactions  under the Target's  Credit Facility with National Bank of
         Canada and its successors and assigns);

                  (vi) none of the  Target  and its  Subsidiaries  will make any
         capital  investment  in, make any loan to, or acquire the securities or
         assets of any other Person outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

                  (vii) none of the Target  and its  Subsidiaries  will make any
         change in  employment  terms for any of its  directors,  officers,  and
         employees outside the Ordinary Course of Business; and

                  (viii) none of the Target and its Subsidiaries  will commit to
any of the foregoing.
<PAGE>
         (e)      Full  Access.  The  Target  will (and will  cause  each of its
Subsidiaries to) permit  representatives of the Buyer to have full access during
normal business hours to all premises,  properties,  personnel,  books,  records
(including  tax records),  contracts,  and documents of or pertaining to each of
the Target and its Subsidiaries. Each of the Buyer and Merger Sub will treat and
hold and use as such any  Confidential  Information  it receives from any of the
Target and its
<PAGE>
Subsidiaries in the course of the reviews  contemplated by this ss.5(e),  solely
in  accordance  with the terms of the  Confidentiality  Agreement,  and, if this
Agreement  is  terminated  for any  reason  whatsoever,  agrees to return to the
Target  all  tangible  embodiments  (and all  copies)  thereof  which are in its
possession.

         (f)      Notice of  Developments.  Each Party will give prompt  written
notice to the others of any  development  (i) causing a breach of any of its own
representations  and warranties in ss.3 and ss.4 above and (ii) any  development
which  would  cause a breach  of such  representations  and  warranties  if such
representations  and warranties were required to be correct and complete on each
day from the date of this  Agreement to the Closing  Date.  No disclosure by any
Party pursuant to this ss.5(f),  however, shall be deemed to amend or supplement
the Disclosure Schedule or to prevent or cure any  misrepresentation,  breach of
warranty, or breach of covenant.

         (g)      Exclusivity.

                  (i) the  Target  shall  not,  and shall not  permit any of its
         Subsidiaries  to (whether  directly  or  indirectly  through  advisors,
         agents or other intermediaries) and,

                  (ii) the  Target  shall  not,  and shall not permit any of its
         Subsidiaries  to,  authorize  or  knowingly  permit any of its or their
         officers, directors, agents, representatives,  advisors or Subsidiaries
         to,

solicit, initiate or knowingly encourage the submission of inquiries,  proposals
or offers from any Third Party relating to (A) any acquisition of 10% or more of
the consolidated assets of the Target and its Subsidiaries or of over 10% of any
class of equity  securities  of the Target or any of its  Subsidiaries,  (B) any
tender  offer  (including  a self  tender  offer)  or  exchange  offer  that  if
consummated would result in any Third Party  beneficially  owning 10% or more of
any class of equity securities of the Target or any of its Subsidiaries, (C) any
merger,  consolidation,  business  combination,  recapitalization,  liquidation,
dissolution  or  similar  transaction   involving  the  Target  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  whose assets,  individually  or in the aggregate,  constitute more
than 10% of the  consolidated  assets of the Target,  other than the transaction
contemplated by this Agreement or (D) any other  transaction the consummation of
which would, or could reasonably be expected to impede,  interfere with, prevent
or materially  delay the Merger or which would, or could  reasonably be expected
to, materially dilute the benefits to the Buyer of the transaction  contemplated
hereby  (collectively,  the  "Acquisition  Proposals" and which, if consummated,
will be an  "Acquisition  Transaction")  or  enter  into or  participate  in any
discussions  (except  as may  be  necessary  to  inform  a  Third  Party  of the
provisions of this ss.5(g), or negotiations  regarding any of the foregoing,  or
furnish  to any Third  Party  any  information  with  respect  to the  business,
properties  or  assets  of the  Target  in  connection  with the  foregoing,  or
otherwise  cooperate in any way with,  or knowingly  assist or  participate  in,
facilitate or encourage,  any effort or attempt by any Third Party to do or seek
any of the  foregoing;  provided,  however,  that the provisions of this ss.5(g)
shall not limit or  prohibit  the  Target  or its  board of  directors  from (i)
engaging in discussions or  negotiations  with such a Third Party who has made a
Superior  Acquisition Proposal but only if the board of directors of the Target,
after  consultation with and advice from its outside counsel  determines in good
faith that, in the exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities,  such discussions
or negotiations  should be commenced or such information  should be furnished 
<PAGE>
or such  facilitation  undertaken;  (ii) furnishing  information  pursuant to an
appropriate and customary  confidentiality  letter concerning the Target and its
businesses,  properties  or  assets  to a Third  Party  who has made a  Superior
Acquisition Proposal as to which a prior determination of the board of directors
of the Target as  contemplated  under  clause (i) above as been made;  provided,
further  that (A) the board  directors  of the Target  shall not,  and shall not
authorize any officers or representatives  to, take any of the foregoing actions
until notice to the Buyer of the Target's  intent to take such action shall have
been given;  and (B) if the board of directors of the Target receives a Superior
Acquisition Proposal, to the extent it may do so without breaching its fiduciary
duties as determined in good faith after  consultation with its outside counsel,
and  without  violating  any of the  conditions  of  such  Superior  Acquisition
Proposal,  then the Target shall promptly inform the Buyer of the material terms
and  conditions  of such proposal and the identity of the Third Party making it;
or (iii) taking a position on a tender  offer by a Third  Party,  as required by
Rule 14e-2 under the  Securities  Exchange Act (provided no such position  shall
constitute a  recommendation  of such  transaction  if it does not  constitute a
Superior Acquisition Proposal), or complying with its duties of disclosure under
applicable state law. As of the date hereof,  the Target shall immediately cease
and cause each of its Subsidiaries and its and their advisors,  agents and other
intermediaries  to  cease,  any  and all  existing  activities,  discussions  or
negotiations  with any Third Party  conducted  heretofore with respect to any of
the foregoing.

         (h)      Insurance  and  Indemnification.  The Buyer  will not take any
action to alter or impair any  exculpatory  or  indemnification  provisions  now
existing in the  certificate  of  incorporation  or bylaws of the Target for the
benefit of any  individual  who served as a director or officer of the Target at
any time prior to the  Effective  Time.  For six years after the  Closing  Date,
Buyer will provide,  pursuant to a policy  maintained by Buyer or will cause the
Surviving Corporation to provide officers' and directors' liability insurance in
respect of acts or omissions  occurring  prior to the Closing Date covering each
such Person currently covered by the Target's officers' and directors' liability
insurance on terms with respect to coverage  and amount no less  favorable  than
those of such policy in effect on the date hereof.

         (i)      Stock Options.  At the Effective Time, each option to purchase
Target  Shares  granted  by the  Target to an  employee  or  director  under any
employee or director stock option plan or other compensation plan or arrangement
of the Target,  which is outstanding  and unexercised  immediately  prior to the
Effective  Time  (whether or not such  options are then vested or  exercisable),
shall be adjusted so as to entitle the option holder to receive, in lieu of each
Target Share that would  otherwise  have been issuable upon the exercise of such
option, an amount, in cash, computed by multiplying (i) the positive difference,
if any, between (x) $0.27 per Target Share and (y) the exercise price per Target
Share  applicable to the option by (ii) the number of Target  Shares  subject to
such option. Prior to the Effective Time, the Target agrees to take, or cause to
be taken,  all  actions  necessary  under  such  options  to  provide  for their
adjustment  and  final  settlement  in  accordance  with  this  ss.5(i).  At the
Effective Time, the Surviving  Corporation  will make the cash payment,  if any,
required to be made to each option  holder at which time each such option  shall
be canceled and declared null and void.  Notwithstanding  any other provision of
this ss.5(i), the Surviving Corporation shall have the right to withhold payment
in respect of any option to  purchase  Target  Shares  that is  outstanding  and
unexercised  at the Effective Time and otherwise  eligible for final  settlement
hereunder,  until such time as it receives satisfactory written documentation of
the  adjustments  required 
<PAGE>
to be made to such option under this ss.5(i) and evidence of the option holder's
consent to such adjustment and settlement.

         (j)      National Bank of Canada.  The Target will use its best efforts
to take all steps  necessary  (i) to enable  the entire  indebtedness  under the
Credit  Facility and  otherwise to the National Bank of Canada to be paid by the
Surviving  Corporation in full immediately  after the Closing and (ii) to obtain
from the National Bank of Canada  immediately  after the Closing,  in return,  a
full and complete  release,  including the return of all  collateral  physically
possessed,  the reassignment of any collateral and the execution of UCC-3's,  as
the case may be, of all Security  Interests  related  thereto,  including  those
granted under the General Security Agreement, as amended, the Security Agreement
- - Patents,  Trademarks  and  Copyright,  as  amended,  the May 28,  1997  Pledge
Agreement, as amended, and the March 5, 1999 Pledge Agreement.

         (k)      Form 10-Q.  The Target will make all filings with the SEC that
it is hereinafter  required to make under the Securities  Exchange Act including
the quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 1999.

         6.       Conditions to Obligation to Close.

         (a)      Conditions  to  Obligation  of the Buyer and Merger  Sub.  The
obligation of each of the Buyer and Merger Sub to consummate the transactions to
be performed by it in connection  with the Closing is subject to satisfaction or
waiver by the Buyer and Merger Sub of the following conditions:

                  (i)      this Agreement and the Merger shall have received the
         Requisite Stockholder Approval;

                  (ii) the  representations  and  warranties  set  forth in ss.3
         above shall be true and correct in all  material  respects at and as of
         the Closing Date except (A) for those expressly stated to be made as of
         the  date  of  this   Agreement,   (B)  where  the   failure   of  such
         representations  and warranties  (taken together  without regard to any
         materiality  or Knowledge  qualification  set forth therein) to be true
         and correct has not had, or could not be reasonably expected to have, a
         material   adverse  effect  on  the  business,   financial   condition,
         operations, results of operations or future prospects of the Target and
         its  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole or (C)  where the  failure  of such
         representations  and  warranties  to be  true  is  contemplated  by the
         Business Plan;

                  (iii)  the   representations   and  warranties  set  forth  in
         ss.ss.3(a),  (b),  (c), (d), (e), (f), (k) and (bb) above shall be true
         and correct at and as of the Closing Date;

                  (iv) the Target shall have  performed and complied with all of
         its covenants hereunder in all material respects through the Closing;

                  (v) since the Most Recent Fiscal Quarter End, there shall have
         been no material adverse change in the business,  financial  condition,
         operations, results of 
<PAGE>
         operations or future prospects of the Target and its Subsidiaries taken
         as a whole, except as contemplated by the Business Plan;

                  (vi) no  action,  suit,  or  proceeding  shall be  pending  or
         threatened before any court or quasi-judicial or administrative  agency
         of any federal,  state,  local,  or foreign  jurisdiction or before any
         arbitrator wherein an unfavorable injunction,  judgment, order, decree,
         ruling,  or  charge  would  (A)  prevent  consummation  of  any  of the
         transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement,  (B)  cause  any of the
         transactions  contemplated by this Agreement to be rescinded  following
         consummation,  (C) affect  adversely  the right of the Buyer to own the
         capital stock of the Surviving Corporation and to control the Surviving
         Corporation   and  its   Subsidiaries   after  giving   effect  to  the
         transactions  contemplated by this Agreement,  or (D) affect  adversely
         the right,  before or following  the Closing,  of any of the  Surviving
         Corporation  and its  Subsidiaries to own its assets and to operate its
         businesses (and no such injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, or
         charge shall be in effect);

                  (vii) the Target shall have  delivered to the Buyer and Merger
         Sub a certificate to the effect that each of the  conditions  specified
         above in ss.6(a)(i)-(vi) is satisfied in all respects;

                  (viii)  the  holders  of not more than 10% of the  outstanding
         Target  Shares  shall  have  demanded   appraisal  of  such  shares  in
         accordance with New York Business Corporation Law;

                  (ix) the  Parties  shall  have  received  all  authorizations,
         consents,  and  approvals  of  governments  and  governmental  agencies
         referred  to in  ss.3(d)  and  ss.4(c)  above  (and not  subject to the
         exception set forth in the last sentence therein);

                  (x) the Buyer and Merger Sub shall have  received from counsel
         to the Target an opinion  substantially  in form and  substance  as set
         forth in Exhibit C attached  hereto,  addressed to the Buyer and Merger
         Sub, and dated as of the Closing Date;

                  (xi)  the  Buyer  and  Merger  Sub  shall  have  received  the
         resignations, effective as of the Closing, of each director and officer
         of the  Target  and its  Subsidiaries  other  than those whom the Buyer
         shall have  specified in writing at least five  business  days prior to
         the Closing;

                  (xii) the Target and its  Subsidiaries  shall have operated in
         all material respects  consistent with the Business Plan which has been
         agreed to among the parties hereto; and

                  (xiii) all  actions  to be taken by the  Target in  connection
         with  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  and all
         certificates,  opinions,  instruments,  and other documents required to
         effect the  transactions  contemplated  hereby will be  satisfactory in
         form and substance to the Buyer and Merger Sub.
<PAGE>
         (b)      Conditions to Obligation of the Target. The obligation of the
Target to consummate the  transactions  to be performed by it in connection with
the  Closing  is subject to  satisfaction  or waiver by Target of the  following
conditions:

                  (i) the representations and warranties set forth in ss.4 above
         shall be true and  correct in all  material  respects  at and as of the
         Closing  Date  except for those  expressly  stated to be made as of the
         date of this Agreement;

                  (ii) each of the Buyer and Merger Sub shall have performed and
         complied with all of its covenants  hereunder in all material  respects
         through the Closing;

                  (iii) no  action,  suit,  or  proceeding  shall be  pending or
         threatened before any court or quasi-judicial or administrative  agency
         of any federal,  state,  local,  or foreign  jurisdiction or before any
         arbitrator wherein an unfavorable injunction,  judgment, order, decree,
         ruling,  or  charge  would  (A)  prevent  consummation  of  any  of the
         transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  or (B) cause any of the
         transactions  contemplated by this Agreement to be rescinded  following
         consummation;

                  (iv) each of the Buyer and Merger Sub shall have  delivered to
         the  Target a  certificate  to the effect  that each of the  conditions
         specified above in ss.6(b)(i)-(iii) is satisfied in all respects;

                  (v) this  Agreement  and the Merger  shall have  received  the
         Requisite Stockholder Approval;

                  (vi) the  Parties  shall  have  received  all  authorizations,
         consents,  and  approvals  of  governments  and  governmental  agencies
         referred  to in  ss.3(d)  and  ss.4(c)  above  (and not  subject to the
         exception set forth in the last sentence therein);

                  (vii) the Target shall have received from counsel to the Buyer
         and Merger Sub an opinion  substantially  in form and  substance as set
         forth in Exhibit D attached hereto,  addressed to the Target, and dated
         as of the Closing Date; and

                  (viii) all  actions to be taken by the Buyer and Merger Sub in
         connection with  consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby
         and  all  certificates,  opinions,  instruments,  and  other  documents
         required  to  effect  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  will  be
         satisfactory in form and substance to the Target.

         7.       Termination.

         (a)  Termination  of Agreement.  Any of the Parties may terminate  this
Agreement with the prior authorization of its board of directors (whether before
or after stockholder approval) as provided below:

                  (i) the  Parties   may   terminate   this  Agreement by mutual
          written consent at any time prior to the Effective Time;
<PAGE>
                  (ii) the Buyer and Merger Sub may terminate  this Agreement by
         giving  written notice to the Target at any time prior to the Effective
         Time  (A)  in  the  event  the  Target  has   breached   any   material
         representation,  warranty,  or covenant  contained in this Agreement in
         any material  respect,  the Buyer or Merger Sub has notified the Target
         of the breach,  and the breach has continued  without cure for a period
         of 10 days after the notice of breach or (B) if the  Closing  shall not
         have  occurred on or before July 31, 1999,  by reason of the failure of
         any  condition  precedent  under  ss.6(a)  hereof  (unless  the failure
         results   primarily   from  the  Buyer  or  Merger  Sub  breaching  any
         representation, warranty, or covenant contained in this Agreement);

                  (iii)  the  Target  may  terminate  this  Agreement  by giving
         written  notice to the Buyer and  Merger  Sub at any time  prior to the
         Effective  Time (A) in the event the Buyer or Merger  Sub has  breached
         any material  representation,  warranty,  or covenant contained in this
         Agreement  in any material  respect,  the Target has notified the Buyer
         and Merger Sub of the breach, and the breach has continued without cure
         for a period  of 10 days  after  the  notice  of  breach  or (B) if the
         Closing  shall not have  occurred on or before July 31, 1999, by reason
         of the failure of any condition  precedent under ss.6(b) hereof (unless
         the  failure   results   primarily   from  the  Target   breaching  any
         representation, warranty, or covenant contained in this Agreement);

                  (iv) The Target may terminate this Agreement by giving written
         notice to the Buyer at any time  prior to the  Effective  Time,  in the
         event that a Person has made an Acquisition  Proposal that the board of
         directors of the Target determines,  in good faith is reasonably likely
         to be subject to  completion  and would,  if  consummated,  result in a
         transaction  more  favorable,  from a financial  point of view,  to the
         Target  Stockholders  than this  Agreement  and the Merger (a "Superior
         Acquisition Proposal"); or

                  (v) any Party may terminate  this  Agreement by giving written
         notice to the other  Parties at any time after the  Special  Meeting in
         the event this  Agreement  and the Merger fail to receive the Requisite
         Stockholder Approval.

         (b) Effect of Termination. Other than as set forth in ss.7(c) below, if
any Party  terminates this Agreement  pursuant to ss.7(a) above,  all rights and
obligations of the Parties  hereunder shall  terminate  without any liability of
any Party to any other  Party  (except  for any  liability  of any Party then in
breach);  provided,  however,  that the confidentiality  provisions contained in
ss.5(e) above shall survive any such termination.
 
         (c) Termination Fee. In the event of termination by the Target pursuant
to (i) 7(iv) above or (ii) if Requisite Stockholder Approval is not obtained and
the Target and/or any of its Subsidiaries,  on or before December  31,1999,  has
entered into an agreement  providing for an Acquisition  Transaction (which, for
purposes of this  subsection  (c),  shall  substitute 33 % for 10% each time 10%
appears in ss.5(g)  hereof),  Target shall pay to Buyer a termination fee of two
hundred thousand  dollars  ($200,000) not as a penalty but in recognition of the
substantial time and efforts expended, expenses incurred and other opportunities
foregone by the Buyer in connection with this Agreement.
<PAGE>
         8.       Miscellaneous.

         (a)      Survival.  None  of  the  representations,   warranties,   and
covenants of the Parties  (other than the  provisions  in ss.2 above  concerning
payment  of the  Merger  Consideration  and  the  provisions  in  ss.5(h)  above
concerning insurance and indemnification) will survive the Effective Time.

         (b)      Press Releases and Public Announcements.  No Party shall issue
any press release or make any public announcement relating to the subject matter
of this  Agreement  without the prior  written  approval  of the other  Parties;
provided,  however, that any Party may make any public disclosure it believes in
good faith is required  by  applicable  law or any listing or trading  agreement
concerning its  publicly-traded  securities (in which case the disclosing  Party
will use its best  efforts  to  advise  the  other  Party  prior to  making  the
disclosure).

         (c)      No Third-Party Beneficiaries.  This Agreement shall not confer
any  rights  or  remedies  upon any  Person  other  than the  Parties  and their
respective  successors and permitted assigns;  provided,  however,  that (i) the
provisions  in ss.2 above  concerning  payment of the Merger  Consideration  are
intended for the benefit of the Target  Stockholders  and (ii) the provisions in
ss.5(h)  above  concerning  insurance and  indemnification  are intended for the
benefit  of  the  individuals  specified  therein  and  their  respective  legal
representatives.

         (d)      Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  (including the Disclosure
Schedule  and the other  documents  referred to herein) and the  Confidentiality
Agreement  constitute the entire  agreement among the Parties and supersedes any
prior  understandings,  agreements,  or representations by or among the Parties,
written or oral,  to the extent they  related in any way to the  subject  matter
hereof or thereof.

         (e)      Succession and  Assignment.  This  Agreement  shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties  named herein and their  respective
successors and permitted  assigns.  No Party may assign either this Agreement or
any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written
approval of the other Parties.

         (f)      Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be executed in one or more
counterparts,  each of  which  shall  be  deemed  an  original  but all of which
together will constitute one and the same instrument.

         (g)      Headings. The section headings contained in this Agreement are
inserted  for  convenience  only and shall not affect in any way the  meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement.

         (h)      Notices. All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other
communications hereunder will be in writing. Any notice, request, demand, claim,
or other  communication  hereunder  shall be deemed  duly given if (and then two
business days after) it is sent by registered or certified mail,  return receipt
requested, postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth
below:
<PAGE>
         If to the Target:

         V Band Corporation
         3 Westchester Plaza
         Elmsford, New York 10523
         Attention:  Thomas Hughes, President
         Phone:  (914) 347-7118
         Fax:    (914)  347-7524

         Copy to:

         Buchanan Ingersoll P.C.
         Eleven Penn Center 14th Center
         1835 Market Street
         Philadelphia, Pennsylvania  19103-2895
         Attention:  Brian North
         Phone:  (215) 665-3828
         Fax:    (215) 665-8760

         If to the Buyer:

         IPC Information Systems, Inc.
         88 Pine Street
         Wall Street Plaza
         New York, New York  10005
         Attention: Daniel Utevsky
         Phone: (212) 858-7908
         Fax:   (212) 509-7959

         Copy to:

         Thacher Proffitt & Wood
         Two World Trade Center
         New York, New York 10048
         Attention:  Thomas N. Talley
         Phone: (212) 912-7645
         Fax:   (212) 432-7152
<PAGE>
         If to Merger Sub:

         IPC Merger Sub, Inc.
         c/o IPC Information System, Inc.
         88 Pine Street
         Wall Street Plaza
         New York, New York  10005
         Attention: Daniel Utevsky
         Phone: (212) 858-7908
         Fax:   (212) 509-7959

         Copy to:

         Thacher Proffitt & Wood
         Two World Trade Center
         New York, New York 10048
         Attention:  Thomas N. Talley
         Phone:   (212) 912-7645
         Fax:  (212) 432-7152

Any Party may send any notice,  request,  demand,  claim, or other communication
hereunder  to the  intended  recipient  at the address set forth above using any
other means (including personal delivery,  expedited courier, messenger service,
telecopy,  telex,  ordinary  mail,  or  electronic  mail),  but no such  notice,
request, demand, claim, or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly
given  unless and until it actually is received by the intended  recipient.  Any
Party may change the address to which notices,  requests,  demands,  claims, and
other  communications  hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other Parties
notice in the manner herein set forth.

         (i) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the domestic laws of the State of New York without giving effect
to any choice or conflict of law  provision or rule (whether of the State of New
York or any other  jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of
any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

         (j) Jurisdiction;  Service of Process. Any action or proceeding seeking
to enforce  any  provision  of, or based  upon any right  arising  out of,  this
Agreement  may be brought  against any of the Parties in the courts of the State
of New York, County of New York, or, if it has or can acquire  jurisdiction,  in
the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and each
of  the  Parties  consents  to the  jurisdiction  of  such  courts  (and  of the
appropriate  appellate  courts) in any such action or proceeding  and waives any
objection to venue laid therein. Process in any action or proceeding referred to
in the preceding sentence may be served on any Party anywhere in the world.

         (k)  Amendments  and  Waivers.  The  Parties  may  mutually  amend  any
provision  of this  Agreement at any time prior to the  Effective  Time with the
prior authorization of their respective boards of directors;  provided, however,
that any amendment effected  subsequent to stockholder  approval will be subject
to the  restrictions  contained  in the New York  Business 
<PAGE>
Corporation  Law. No amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid
unless the same shall be in writing and signed by all of the Parties.  No waiver
by any  Party of any  default,  misrepresentation,  or  breach  of  warranty  or
covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, shall be deemed to extend to any
prior or  subsequent  default,  misrepresentation,  or  breach  of  warranty  or
covenant  hereunder  or affect in any way any  rights  arising  by virtue of any
prior or subsequent such occurrence.

         (l)      Severability.  Any term or provision of this Agreement that is
invalid or unenforceable  in any situation in any jurisdiction  shall not affect
the validity or  enforceability  of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or
the validity or  enforceability  of the offending term or provision in any other
situation or in any other jurisdiction.

         (m)      Expenses.  Each of the  Parties  will  bear its own  costs and
expenses  (including  legal fees and expenses)  incurred in connection with this
Agreement and the transactions  contemplated hereby. Target and its Subsidiaries
shall not incur expenses to Third Parties in connection  with this Agreement and
the  Merger  in  excess  of  two  hundred  thousand  dollars  ($200,000)  in the
aggregate.

         (n)      Construction.  The Parties  have  participated  jointly in the
negotiation  and  drafting  of this  Agreement.  In the  event an  ambiguity  or
question of intent or interpretation  arises,  this Agreement shall be construed
as if drafted jointly by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall
arise  favoring or  disfavoring  any Party by virtue of the authorship of any of
the provisions of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, local, or
foreign  statute  or law  shall  be  deemed  also  to  refer  to all  rules  and
regulations promulgated  thereunder,  unless the context otherwise requires. The
word "including" shall mean including without limitation.

         (o)      Incorporation  of Exhibits  and  Schedules.  The  Exhibits and
Schedules  identified in this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and
made a part hereof.
<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the date first above written.


                                               IPC INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.

                                    By:  /s/ Gerald E. Starr
                                       -----------------------------------
                                    Name:  Gerald E. Starr
                                    Title: President and Chief Executive Officer


                                                                         
                                    V BAND CORPORATION

                                    By: /s/ Thomas Hughes 
                                    -----------------------------------
                                    Name:  Thomas Hughes
                                    Title: President


                                                                          
                                            IPC MERGER SUB, INC.

                                    By: /s/ Gerald E. Starr
                                    -----------------------------------
                                    Name:  Gerald E. Starr
                                    Title: President and chief Executive Officer

<PAGE>

                                                                       Exhibit A

                              CERTIFICATE OF MERGER
                                       OF
                               V BAND CORPORATION
                                      INTO
                              IPC MERGER SUB, INC.

         Pursuant to Section 252 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

         The undersigned corporation DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1.       The  name  and  state  of  incorporation  of  each  of  the constituent
         corporations of the merger are as follows:
         Name                                             State of Incorporation
         ----                                             ----------------------
         V Band Corporation ("V Band")                    New York
         IPC Merger Sub, Inc. ("Merger Sub")              Delaware

2.       The agreement and plan of merger among IPC Information Systems, Inc., V
         Band and Merger Sub dated as of April 14, 1999 (the "Agreement and Plan
         of  Merger")  has  been  approved,  adopted,  certified,  executed  and
         acknowledged by V Band and by Merger Sub pursuant to Section 252 of the
         Delaware General Corporation Law.

3.       The  name of the  surviving  corporation  is  [IPC/V  Band  Corporation
         ("IPC/V   Band")],   a  Delaware   corporation.   The   certificate  of
         incorporation of [IPC/V Band] shall be the certificate of incorporation
         of Merger Sub, Section 1 of which is hereby amended to read as follows:
         "The name of the Corporation is [IPC/V Band Corporation]."

4.       The merger  shall be  effective  at 5:01 p.m.  on the date of filing of
         this Certificate of Merger with the Delaware Secretary of State.

5.       The executed  Agreement  and Plan of Merger is on file at the principal
         place of  business  of Merger  Sub,  the  address  of which is c/o Wall
         Street Plaza, 88 Pine Street, New York, New York 10005.

6.       A copy of the  Agreement  and  Plan of  Merger  will  be  furnished  by
         [_________],  on request and without cost, to any shareholder of V Band
         or of Merger Sub.

7.       The authorized capital stock of V Band consists of 20,000,000 shares of
         common stock, par value $.01 per share.

<PAGE>

Dated:   _________ ___, 1999.

 
                                            IPC MERGER SUB, INC.



                                            By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:
<PAGE>

                                                                       Exhibit B

                              CERTIFICATE OF MERGER
                                       OF
                               V BAND CORPORATION
                                      INTO
                              IPC MERGER SUB, INC.

        Pursuant to Section 907 of the New York Business Corporation Law


1.       The name and  jurisdiction of  incorporation  of each  corporation that
         is to merge are:
         Name                                      Jurisdiction of Incorporation
         ----                                      -----------------------------
         V Band Corporation
         (f/k/a V Band Systems Inc., "V Band")     New York
         IPC Merger Sub, Inc. ("Merger Sub")       Delaware

2.       Merger  Sub is the  surviving  corporation  of  the  merger  and on the
         effective  date of the merger its name will be [IPC/V Band  Corporation
         ("IPC/V  Band")].  The jurisdiction of incorporation of [IPC/V Band] is
         Delaware.

3.       The certificate of incorporation of V Band was filed with the Secretary
         of State of New York on [_____ ___,  1977].  The issued and outstanding
         capital stock of V Band  consists of 5,428,621  shares of common stock,
         par value  $.01 per share,  and the common  stock of V Band is the only
         class of capital stock  outstanding and entitled to vote. The number of
         shares of common  stock of V Band  entitled  to vote on the merger of V
         Band into  Merger Sub is not subject to change  prior to the  effective
         date of such merger.

4.       The  certificate  of  incorporation  of Merger  Sub was filed  with the
         Secretary of State of Delaware on April 12, 1999. The  application  for
         authority  of Merger Sub was filed with the  Secretary  of State of New
         York on April[___],  1999. The outstanding  capital stock of Merger Sub
         consists  of 10,000  shares of common  stock,  par value $.01 per share
         ("Common  Stock").  The certificate of incorporation of [IPC/V Band] is
         the certificate of incorporation of Merger Sub, as amended in section 1
         thereof to indicate the change in Merger Sub's name to [IPC/V Band].

5.       The effective  date of the merger is the date on which a certificate of
         merger of V Band into Merger Sub is filed with the  Delaware  Secretary
         of State  pursuant to Section 252 of the Delaware  General  Corporation
         Law.

6.       The  agreement  and plan of merger  dated as of April  14,  1999 by and
         among V Band,  IPC  Information  Systems,  Inc.  and  Merger  Sub  (the
         "Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger")  has  been  approved  by  at  least
         two-thirds of the votes of all issued and outstanding  shares of V Band
         entitled to vote thereon at a special  meeting  held on _________  ___,
         1999.
<PAGE>

7.       The merger of V Band into Merger Sub is  permitted  under the  Delaware
         General Corporation Law and is in compliance therewith.

8.       [IPC/V Band] may be served with process in New York State in any action
         or  special   proceeding  for  the  enforcement  of  any  liability  or
         obligation of V Band previously  amenable to suit in New York State and
         for the enforcement as provided in the Business  Corporation Law of the
         State of New York  ("B.C.L.") of the right of shareholders of V Band to
         receive payment for their shares against [IPC/V Band].

9.       Subject to the  provisions  of ss.623 of the B.C.L.,  [IPC/V Band] will
         promptly pay to the shareholders of V Band the amount, if any, to which
         they shall be entitled under the  provisions of the B.C.L.  relating to
         the right of shareholders to receive payment for their shares.

10.      The  Secretary  of State of New York is  designated  as agent of [IPC/V
         Band]  upon whom  process  against  it may be  served in any  action or
         special  proceeding.  The post office  address  within or without  this
         state to which the  Secretary of State shall mail a copy of any process
         served upon him or her is c/o IPC Information Systems, Inc.,Wall Street
         Plaza, 88 Pine Street, New York, New York 10005, attention: President.

11.      The Agreement and Plan of Merger is on file at the place of business of
         [IPC/V  Band].  The  address  of such  foreign  corporation  is c/o IPC
         Information  Systems Inc., Wall Street Plaza, 88 Pine Street, New York,
         New York 10005.

12.      A copy of the  Agreement and Plan of Merger will be furnished by [IPC/V
         Band] on request and without cost to any  shareholder  of either V Band
         or [IPC/V Band].

13.      All fees and taxes (including  penalties and interest)  administered by
         the  Department  of Taxation and Finance which are due and payable by V
         Band have been paid and a  [estimated][final]  cessation  franchise tax
         report through the [anticipated date of the merger] has been filed by V
         Band.

14.      [[IPC/V Band] will,  within 30 days of the date hereof,  file the final
         cessation  franchise  tax report and  promptly  pay the  Department  of
         Taxation  and  Finance  all fees and  taxes  (including  penalties  and
         interest),  if any, due to the  Department of Taxation and Finance by V
         Band.]
<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this certificate has been subscribed this ___ day
of _________,  1999, by the  undersigned  who affirms that the  statements  made
herein are true under the penalties of perjury.


                                      V BAND CORPORATION



                                      By:
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Name:
                                      Title:


                                      IPC MERGER SUB, INC.



                                      By:
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      Name:
                                      Title:

<PAGE>


                                                                       Exhibit C


                                                              ___________, 1999

IPC Information Systems, Inc.
88 Pine Street
Wall Street Plaza
New York, New York 10005:

                  Re:     Merger of V Band Corporation into IPC Merger Sub, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have acted as counsel to V Band Corporation,  a New York corporation
(the  "Target")  in  connection  with the Merger of the Target with and into IPC
Merger  Sub,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  ("Merger  Sub"),  a wholly  owned
subsidiary of IPC Information Systems,  Inc. (the "Buyer") pursuant to the terms
of the  Agreement  and Plan of Merger  dated as of April __,  1999 (the  "Merger
Agreement")  by and among the Buyer,  Merger Sub,  and the  Target.  Capitalized
terms used herein not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such
terms in the  Merger  Agreement.  This  opinion  is given  pursuant  to  Section
6(a)(xii) of the Merger Agreement.

         In connection  with such  representation  we have  examined  originals,
photocopies of originals or certified copies of certain Target records, and such
agreements,   communications  and  other  instruments,  certificates  of  public
officials,  certain other  certificates  and such other  documents,  records and
instruments as we have deemed  relevant and necessary as a basis for our opinion
herein, including the following:

         (i)      A copy of the Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the
                  Target  as filed  with the  Secretary  of State of New York on
                  September 2, 1983;

         (ii)     A copy of the By-Laws of the Target;

         (iii)    A  certificate  of the  Secretary  of State of New York  dated
                  ____________,  1999 to the  effect  that  the  Target  is duly
                  incorporated under the laws of the State of New York and is in
                  good standing in the State of New York;

         (iv)     Copies  of  resolutions  adopted  by  the  Target's  Board  of
                  Directors at a meeting held on April __, 1999;

         (v)      Copies  of  resolutions  adopted  by the  shareholders  of the
                  Target at a meeting held on _________, 1999;

         (vi)     A copy of the Merger Agreement; and

<PAGE>

         (vii)    A copy of the Disclosure Schedule.

         We  have  also  reviewed  such  matters  of law as we  have  considered
relevant for the purposes of this opinion.

         In the examination of such documents,  we have assumed the genuiness of
all  signatures  and  the  authenticity  of  all  documents  submitted  to us as
originals  and  the  conformity  to the  original  documents  of  all  documents
submitted to us as certified or photostatic  copies, and we have relied upon the
aforesaid  documents  with  respect to the  accuracy of the factual  matters set
forth  therein.  As to  any  facts  relevant  to  our  opinion  which  were  not
independently  established,  we have  relied  upon  information  given  to us by
officers  of the  Target.  We have made no  independent  examination  of factual
matters  set forth in the  aforesaid  certificates  or  representations  for the
purpose of rendering this opinion.

         We have  also  assumed,  without  verification,  for  purposes  of this
opinion, the due authorization,  execution, and delivery of the Merger Agreement
by the Buyer and Merger Sub and that it constitutes a legal,  valid, and binding
obligation of the Buyer and Merger Sub,  enforceable  against them in accordance
with its terms.

         Based  upon  and  subjec  to  the  foregoing and the qualifications set
forth below, we are of the opinion that

         1.       The Target has been duly  incorporated and is validly existing
and in good standing under the laws of the State of New York.

         2.       The Target has the corporate power and authority to enter into
and perform its obligations under the Merger Agreement.

         3.       The  execution  and  delivery  by the  Target  of  the  Merger
Agreement,  and the  performance of its obligations  thereunder,  have been duly
authorized by all requisite  corporate action on the part of the Target, and the
Merger Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Target.

         4.       The Merger Agreement is a legal, valid, and binding obligation
of the Target,  and is  enforceable  against the Target in  accordance  with the
terms of the Merger Agreement.

         5.       The  execution  and  delivery  by the  Target  of  the  Merger
Agreement,  and the performance of its obligations  thereunder,  do not conflict
with  or  result  in  a  violation  of  the  Target's  Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation or By-Laws or of any order, writ, judgment,  or decree known to us
and by which the Target is bound.
<PAGE>

         6.       No approval, authorization or other action by, or filing with,
any federal or state  governmental  authority is required in connection with the
execution and delivery by the Target of the Merger Agreement and the performance
on the Closing Date of its obligations  under the Merger  Agreement,  except for
the filing of the New York  Certificate of Merger,  the Delaware  Certificate of
Merger,  and  the  report  required  by  Rule  13e-3(d)((3)  promulgated  by the
Securities and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to the Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, and except for such  approvals,  authorizations,  actions or filings which
have been obtained or made prior to the date hereof.

         7.       To our knowledge, without undertaking any independent searches
of court dockets,  there is no action, suit, or proceeding pending or threatened
against the Target which would prevent the Target from  consummating  any of the
transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

         8.       The  Delaware  Certificate  of  Merger,  when  filed  with the
Delaware  Secretary  of State  pursuant to Section 252 of the  Delaware  General
Corporation Law, and the New York Certificate of Merger,  when filed in with the
New York  Secretary of State  pursuant to Section 904-A of the New York Business
Corporation  Law,  will result in the  effectiveness  of the Merger  between the
Target and Merger Sub.

         We are  licensed  to  practice  law in the State of New York and do not
hold ourselves out to be experts on, or generally  familiar with or qualified to
express an  opinion  on,  the laws of any  jurisdiction  other than those of the
State of New York and the  federal  laws of the United  States.  In giving  this
opinion, we are not passing on any matters of the laws of any jurisdiction other
than the federal laws of the United  States,  the laws of the State of New York,
and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

         In  addition  to the  qualifications  set forth  above,  the  foregoing
opinions are subject to the following  assumptions  and  qualifications,  all of
which we have made with your permission.

         A.       The  opinions  expressed  in  numbered  paragraph  4 above are
subject in all respects to (i) the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent
conveyance and transfer,  reorganization,  moratorium, and other laws of general
application  affecting creditors' rights and remedies,  (ii) statutory or common
law principles  affecting the enforcement of contract rights generally,  such as
statutes of limitation and the exercise of judicial or administrative discretion
in accordance with general equitable principles, particularly as to materiality,
reasonableness,  good faith and fair dealing, and the availability of the remedy
of specific performance or other injunctive relief, and (iii) limitations on the
validity, binding effect, or enforceability or waivers, provisions in the nature
of penalties, or indemnification provisions.
<PAGE>
         B.       We  express  no opinion  on the  validity,  binding  effect or
enforceability under certain circumstances of provisions of the Merger Agreement
(i) that relate to conflicts of law, consent to  jurisdiction,  choice of forum,
or choice of law, or (ii) that purport to prevent oral modification or waivers.


         C.       We  express  no  opinion on  compliance  with  fiduciary  duty
requirements.

         D.       Our opinion is based  solely upon our review of the  documents
described above and such other  investigations  of law we have deemed necessary.
Other  than our  review  of such  documents,  we have  not  reviewed  any  other
documents or made an independent investigation for the purpose of rendering this
opinion,  and we make no  representation  as to the scope or  sufficiency of our
document review for your purposes.

         Any opinion  expressed  herein with respect to this firm's knowledge or
awareness  with  respect to the  existence or absence of facts is limited to the
actual  knowledge  of  lawyers  of  the  firm  who  have  provided   substantive
representation  to the Target and is intended to signify  that during the course
of our  representation of the Target nothing has come to our attention which has
given us actual  knowledge of the existence or absence of such facts.  Except to
the extent  expressly set forth herein,  we have not undertaken any  independent
investigation  to determine the existence or absence of such facts. No inference
as to our  knowledge  or the  existence or absence of such facts should be drawn
from our representation of the Target.

         This opinion is rendered  solely to and for your benefit and may not be
relied upon by any other  party.  Copies of this opinion may not be delivered or
furnished to any other party (other than for a bona fide business  reason in the
ordinary  course  of  your  business  or  if  required  pursuant  to a  judicial
proceeding),  nor may all or part of this  opinion  be  quoted,  circulated,  or
referred to in any other document without our prior written consent.

         This opinion is given as of the date hereof. We assume no obligation to
update or supplement  this opinion to reflect any facts or  circumstances  which
may  hereafter  come to our  attention or any changes in law which may hereafter
occur.

                                                   Very truly yours,

                                                   BUCHANAN INGERSOLL
                                                   PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION
 
                                                   By:
                                                   -----------------------------

<PAGE>

                                                                      Exhibit D

                     [Letterhead of Thacher Proffitt & Wood]


[212-912-7400]


                                                     __________, 1999

V Band Corporation
3 Westchester Plaza
Elmsford, New York 10523

               Re:         Merger of V Band Corporation and IPC Merger Sub, Inc.

Dear Sirs:

               We have acted as  special  counsel  to IPC  Information  Systems,
Inc., a Delaware  corporation (the "Buyer") in connection with the merger V Band
Corporation  (the "Target"),  with and into IPC Merger Sub, Inc., a wholly owned
subsidiary of the Buyer  ("Merger  Sub")  pursuant to the terms of the Agreement
and Plan of Merger of dated as of April __, 1999 by and among the Buyer,  Merger
Sub,  and the  Target  ("Merger  Agreement").  Capitalized  terms not  otherwise
defined herein are defined as set forth in the Merger Agreement. This opinion is
given pursuant to section 6(b)(vii) of the Agreement.

               We have  examined  originals  or copies,  certified  or otherwise
identified,  of such documents,  corporate records,  and other instruments,  and
have examined such matters of law, as we have deemed  necessary or advisable for
purposes of rendering  the opinions set forth below.  As to matters of fact,  we
have examined and relied upon the  representations  of the Company  contained in
the Merger Agreement, and, where we have deemed appropriate,  representations or
certifications of officers of the Buyer and Merger Sub or public officials.

               We have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us
as originals,  the genuineness of all signatures,  the legal capacity of natural
persons and the conformity to the originals of all documents  submitted to us as
copies.  In making our  examination of any  documents,  we have assumed that all
parties  other  than the  Buyer  and  Merger  Sub had the  corporate  power  and
authority to enter into and perform all obligations thereunder,  and, as to such
parties,  we also have assumed the due authorization by all requisite  corporate
action,  the due execution and delivery of such documents,  and the validity and
binding effect and enforceability thereof.
<PAGE>



V Band Corporation
_________, 1999                                                          Page 2.

               Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

                           1.  Each of the Buyer  and  Merger  Sub has been duly
               incorporated  and is validly  existing in good standing under the
               laws of the State of Delaware.

                           2. Each of the Buyer and Merger Sub has the corporate
               power and  authority  to enter into and perform  its  obligations
               under the Merger Agreement.

                           3. The execution and delivery by each of the Buyer of
               the Merger  Agreement,  and the  performance  of its  obligations
               thereunder,  have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate
               action on the part of the Buyer and  Merger  Sub,  and the Merger
               Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Buyer and Merger
               Sub.

                           4. The Merger  Agreement is legal,  valid and binding
               obligation  of each of the  Buyer  and  Merger  Sub,  enforceable
               against the Buyer and Merger Sub in accordance with its terms.

                           5. The  execution  and  delivery by each of the Buyer
               and Merger Sub of the Merger  Agreement,  and the  performance of
               its obligations  thereunder,  do not conflict with or result in a
               violation  of its  respective  certificate  of  incorporation  or
               by-laws, or of any order, writ,  judgment,  decree,  agreement or
               instrument  known to us and to which the Buyer or Merger Sub is a
               party or by which either is bound.

                           6. No approval,  authorization or other action by, or
               filing  with,  any  federal or state  governmental  authority  is
               required in connection with the execution and delivery by each of
               the  Buyer  and  Merger  Sub  of the  Merger  Agreement  and  the
               performance  on the Closing  Date of its  respective  obligations
               under  the   Merger   Agreement   or,   if  any  such   approval,
               authorization,   action  or  filing  is  required,  it  has  been
               obtained.

                           7.  To  our   knowledge,   there  is  no  pending  or
               threatened  litigation  against  either  the Buyer or Merger  Sub
               which is known to us and which,  if adversely  determined,  would
               have a material adverse effect on the ability of either the Buyer
               or  Merger  Sub to  perform  its  obligations  under  the  Merger
               Agreement.

               Our   opinions  are  subject  to  the   qualification   that  (i)
enforcement of the Merger  Agreement may be limited by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization,  liquidation,  voidable  preference,  moratorium  or other  laws
(including the laws of fraudulent conveyance and transfer) or judicial decisions
affecting  the  enforcement  of  creditors'  right   generally,   and  (ii)  the
enforceability  of each of the Buyer's and Merger  Sub's  obligations  under the
Merger  Agreement  is subject to general  principles  of equity  (regardless  of
whether such  enforceability  is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law)
and to the effect of certain laws and judicial  decisions upon the  availability
and  enforceability  of  certain  remedies  provided  in the  Merger  Agreement,
including the remedies of specific performance and self-help.
<PAGE>
V Band Corporation
_________, 1999                                                          Page 3.
              
               We do not express any opinion  concerning  law other than the law
of the State of New York,  the corporate  law of the State of Delaware,  and the
federal law of the United  States and we do not  express any opinion  concerning
the  application  of the "doing  business"  laws or the  securities  laws of any
jurisdiction other than the federal securities laws of the United States.

               This opinion is given to you for your sole  benefit,  and may not
be relied upon by any other person or entity nor granted as whole or in part, or
otherwise referred to in any document without our express written consent.

                                                       Very truly yours,

                                                       THACHER PROFFITT & WOOD


                                                       By
                                                       -----------------------
                                                           Thomas N. Talley


<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX B

                        NEW YORK BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW

SECTION 910. RIGHT OF  SHAREHOLDER TO RECEIVE  PAYMENT FOR SHARES UPON MERGER OR
CONSOLIDATION, OR SALE, LEASE, EXCHANGE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF ASSETS, OR SHARE
EXCHANGE

         (a) A shareholder of a domestic  corporation  shall,  subject to and by
complying with section 623 (Procedure to enforce  shareholder's right to receive
payment for shares),  have the right to receive payment of the fair value of his
shares and the other  rights  and  benefits  provided  by such  section,  in the
following cases:

                  (1) Any  shareholder  entitled  to vote who does not assent to
the taking of an action specified in clauses (A), (B) and (C).

                           (A) Any plan of merger or  consolidation to which the
corporation  is a party;  except  that the right to receive  payment of the fair
value of his shares shall not be available:

                                    (i)  To  a   shareholder   of   the   parent
corporation  in a merger  authorized  by  section  905  (Merger  of  parent  and
subsidiary   corporations),   or  paragraph   (c)  of  section  907  (Merger  or
consolidation of domestic and foreign corporations); or

                                    (ii)  To  a  shareholder  of  the  surviving
corporation  in a  merger  authorized  by  this  article,  other  than a  merger
specified  in  subclause  (i),  unless  such  merger  effects one or more of the
changes  specified  in  subparagraph  (b) (6) of section 806  (Provisions  as to
certain proceedings) in the rights of the shares held by such shareholder; or

                                    (iii) Notwithstanding subclause (ii) of this
clause,  to a shareholder for the shares of any class or series of stock,  which
shares or depository  receipts in respect  thereof,  at the record date fixed to
determine  the  shareholders  entitled  to  receive  notice  of the  meeting  of
shareholders to vote upon the plan of merger or consolidation,  were listed on a
national  securities exchange or designated as a national market system security
on an  interdealer  quotation  system by the National  Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc.

                           (B) Any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of
all  or  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of a  corporation  which  requires
shareholder  approval  under  section  909  (Sale,  lease,   exchange  or  other
disposition  of  assets)  other  than a  transaction  wholly  for cash where the
shareholders'  approval  thereof  is  conditioned  upon the  dissolution  of the
corporation and the distribution of  substantially  all of its net assets to the
shareholders in accordance with their respective interests within one year after
the date of such transaction.

                           (C) Any share  exchange  authorized by section 913 in
which the corporation is participating as a subject corporation; except that the
right to receive  payment of the fair value of his shares shall not be available
to a  shareholder  whose  shares have not been  acquired in the exchange or to a
shareholder  for the  shares of any class or  series of stock,  which  shares or
<PAGE>
depository receipt in respect thereof, at the record date fixed to determine the
shareholders  entitled to receive notice of the meeting of  shareholders to vote
upon the plan of  exchange,  were  listed on a national  securities  exchange or
designated as a national  market  system  security on an  interdealer  quotation
system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

                  (2) Any shareholder of the subsidiary  corporation in a merger
authorized  by  section  905 or  paragraph  (c) of  section  907,  or in a share
exchange  authorized  by  paragraph  (g) of  section  913,  who  files  with the
corporation a written notice of election to dissent as provided in paragraph (c)
of section 623.

                  (3) Any  shareholder,  not  entitled to vote with respect to a
plan of  merger or  consolidation  to which the  corporation  is a party,  whose
shares will be canceled or exchanged in the merger or consolidation  for cash or
other   consideration  other  than  shares  of  the  surviving  or  consolidated
corporation or another corporation.

SECTION 623.  PROCEDURE TO ENFORCE  SHAREHOLDER'S  RIGHT TO RECEIVE 
PAYMENT FORSHARES

         (a) A  shareholder  intending  to enforce  his right under a section of
this chapter to receive payment for his shares if the proposed  corporate action
referred to therein is taken shall file with the corporation, before the meeting
of  shareholders  at which the action is submitted to a vote, or at such meeting
but before the vote,  written  objection  to the  action.  The  objection  shall
include a notice of his election to dissent, his name and residence address, the
number and classes of shares as to which he dissents and a demand for payment of
the fair  value of his  shares if the  action is taken.  Such  objection  is not
required from any  shareholder  to whom the  corporation  did not give notice of
such meeting in  accordance  with this  chapter or where the proposed  action is
authorized by written consent of shareholders without a meeting.

         (b) Within ten days after the shareholders'  authorization  date, which
term as used in this  section  means  the date on which the  shareholders'  vote
authorizing  such action was taken,  or the date on which such consent without a
meeting was obtained from the requisite shareholders, the corporation shall give
written  notice of such  authorization  or  consent by  registered  mail to each
shareholder who filed written  objection or from whom written  objection was not
required, excepting any shareholder who voted for or consented in writing to the
proposed  action and who  thereby is deemed to have  elected  not to enforce his
right to receive payment for his shares.

         (c)  Within  twenty  days  after  the  giving  of  notice  to him,  any
shareholder  from whom  written  objection  was not  required  and who elects to
dissent  shall  file with the  corporation  a written  notice of such  election,
stating his name and residence  address,  the number and classes of shares as to
which he dissents and a demand for payment of the fair value of his shares.  Any
shareholder  who elects to dissent  from a merger  under  section 905 (Merger of
subsidiary corporation) or paragraph (c) of section 907 (Merger or consolidation
of domestic and foreign  corporations)  or from a share exchange under paragraph
(g) of  section  913  (Share  exchanges)  shall  file a  written  notice of such
election to dissent  within twenty days after the giving to him of a copy of the
plan of merger or exchange or an outline of the material  features thereof under
section 905 or 913.

                                       2
<PAGE>
         (d) A shareholder may not dissent as to less than all of the shares, as
to  which  he has a  right  to  dissent,  held  by him of  record,  that he owns
beneficially. A nominee or fiduciary may not dissent on behalf of any beneficial
owner as to less than all of the shares of such owner,  as to which such nominee
or  fiduciary  has a right  to  dissent,  held of  record  by  such  nominee  or
fiduciary.

         (e) Upon  consummation of the corporate  action,  the shareholder shall
cease to have any of the rights of a shareholder except the right to be paid the
fair value of his shares and any other  rights under this  section.  A notice of
election may be withdrawn by the shareholder at any time prior to his acceptance
in writing of an offer made by the  corporation,  as provided in paragraph  (g),
but in no case  later  than  sixty  days  from the date of  consummation  of the
corporate action except that if the corporation fails to make a timely offer, as
provided in paragraph  (g), the time for  withdrawing a notice of election shall
be extended until sixty days from the date an offer is made.  Upon expiration of
such time,  withdrawal of a notice of election shall require the written consent
of the corporation. In order to be effective, withdrawal of a notice of election
must be accompanied by the return to the corporation of any advance payment made
to the  shareholder  as  provided in  paragraph  (g). If a notice of election is
withdrawn, or the corporate action is rescinded, or a court shall determine that
the  shareholder  is not  entitled to receive  payment  for his  shares,  or the
shareholder  shall otherwise lose his dissenter's  rights, he shall not have the
right to receive  payment for his shares and he shall be  reinstated  to all his
rights  as a  shareholder  as of  the  consummation  of  the  corporate  action,
including  any  intervening  preemptive  rights  and the right to payment of any
intervening  dividend or other  distribution or, if any such rights have expired
or any such dividend or distribution  other than in cash has been completed,  in
lieu thereof, at the election of the corporation, the fair value thereof in cash
as determined by the board as of the time of such expiration or completion,  but
without  prejudice  otherwise to any  corporate  proceedings  that may have been
taken in the interim.

         (f) At the time of filing the notice of  election  to dissent or within
one month thereafter the shareholder of shares represented by certificates shall
submit the certificates  representing  his shares to the corporation,  or to its
transfer agent, which shall forthwith note  conspicuously  thereon that a notice
of election has been filed and shall return the  certificates to the shareholder
or other person who  submitted  them on his behalf.  Any  shareholder  of shares
represented  by  certificates  who fails to  submit  his  certificates  for such
notation as herein specified  shall, at the option of the corporation  exercised
by written notice to him within  forty-five days from the date of filing of such
notice of election to dissent,  lose his dissenter's  rights unless a court, for
good cause shown, shall otherwise direct. Upon transfer of a certificate bearing
such  notation,  each new  certificate  issued  therefor  shall  bear a  similar
notation together with the name of the original  dissenting holder of the shares
and a transferee  shall acquire no rights in the corporation  except those which
the original dissenting shareholder had at the time of transfer.

         (g) Within fifteen days after the expiration of the period within which
shareholders  may file their notices of election to dissent,  or within  fifteen
days after the proposed corporate action is consummated, whichever is later (but
in no case later than ninety days from the  shareholders'  authorization  date),
the corporation or, in the case of a merger or  consolidation,  the surviving or
new  corporation,  shall  make a  written  offer  by  registered  mail  to  each
shareholder  who has filed 
                                       3
<PAGE>
such notice of  election  to pay for his shares at a  specified  price which the
corporation considers to be their fair value. Such offer shall be accompanied by
a statement  setting forth the aggregate  number of shares with respect to which
notices of election to dissent have been  received and the  aggregate  number of
holders of such shares. If the corporate action has been consummated, such offer
shall also be accompanied by (1) advance  payment to each such  shareholder  who
has submitted the certificates  representing  his shares to the corporation,  as
provided in paragraph (f), of an amount equal to eighty percent of the amount of
such  offer,  or (2) as to  each  shareholder  who has  not  yet  submitted  his
certificates  a  statement  that  advance  payment to him of an amount  equal to
eighty  percent  of the  amount of such  offer  will be made by the  corporation
promptly upon submission of his  certificates.  If the corporate  action has not
been consummated at the time of the making of the offer, such advance payment or
statement  as to  advance  payment  shall be sent to each  shareholder  entitled
thereto  forthwith  upon  consummation  of the corporate  action.  Every advance
payment  or  statement  as to  advance  payment  shall  include  advice  to  the
shareholder to the effect that  acceptance of such payment does not constitute a
waiver  of any  dissenters'  rights.  If  the  corporate  action  has  not  been
consummated upon the expiration of the ninety day period after the shareholders'
authorization  date, the offer may be conditioned  upon the consummation of such
action.  Such offer shall be made at the same price per share to all  dissenting
shareholders  of the same class,  or if divided into series,  of the same series
and shall be accompanied by a balance sheet of the corporation  whose shares the
dissenting shareholder holds as of the latest available date, which shall not be
earlier  than twelve  months  before the making of such offer,  and a profit and
loss  statement or  statements  for not less than a twelve month period ended on
the date of such  balance  sheet or,  if the  corporation  was not in  existence
throughout such twelve month period, for the portion thereof during which it was
in  existence.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  corporation  shall not be
required to furnish a balance  sheet or profit and loss  statement or statements
to any  shareholder  to whom such balance sheet or profit and loss  statement or
statements  were previously  furnished,  nor if in connection with obtaining the
shareholders'  authorization for or consent to the proposed corporate action the
shareholders  were  furnished  with a  proxy  or  information  statement,  which
included financial  statements,  pursuant to Regulation 14A or Regulation 14C of
the United  States  Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  If within thirty days
after  the  making  of such  offer,  the  corporation  making  the offer and any
shareholder  agree upon the price to be paid for his  shares,  payment  therefor
shall  be  made  within  sixty  days  after  the  making  of such  offer  or the
consummation  of the proposed  corporate  action,  whichever is later,  upon the
surrender of the certificates for any such shares represented by certificates.

         (h) The following  procedure  shall apply if the  corporation  fails to
make such offer within such period of fifteen days, or if it makes the offer and
any  dissenting  shareholder  or  shareholders  fail to agree with it within the
period of thirty days thereafter upon the price to be paid for their shares:

                  (1) The  corporation  shall,  within  twenty  days  after  the
expiration  of  whichever  is  applicable  of the two  periods  last  mentioned,
institute a special  proceeding in the supreme court in the judicial district in
which the  office of the  corporation  is  located  to  determine  the rights of
dissenting  shareholders  and to fix the fair value of their shares.  If, in the
case of merger or  consolidation,  the surviving or new corporation is a foreign
corporation without an office in this
                                       4
<PAGE>
state,  such  proceeding  shall be brought in the county where the office of the
domestic corporation, whose shares are to be valued, was located.

                  (2) If the  corporation  fails to  institute  such  proceeding
within such period of twenty days, any dissenting shareholder may institute such
proceeding  for the same purpose not later than thirty days after the expiration
of such twenty day period.  If such  proceeding  is not  instituted  within such
thirty day  period,  all  dissenter's  rights  shall be lost  unless the supreme
court, for good cause shown, shall otherwise direct.

                  (3) All  dissenting  shareholders,  excepting  those  who,  as
provided in paragraph (g), have agreed with the corporation upon the price to be
paid for their  shares,  shall be made parties to such  proceeding,  which shall
have the effect of an action quasi in rem against their shares.  The corporation
shall  serve a copy of the  petition  in such  proceeding  upon each  dissenting
shareholder  who is a resident  of this state in the manner  provided by law for
the  service  of a summons,  and upon each  nonresident  dissenting  shareholder
either  by  registered  mail and  publication,  or in such  other  manner  as is
permitted by law. The jurisdiction of the court shall be plenary and exclusive.

                  (4)  The  court  shall   determine   whether  each  dissenting
shareholder,  as to whom  the  corporation  requests  the  court  to  make  such
determination, is entitled to receive payment for his shares. If the corporation
does  not  request  any  such  determination  or if the  court  finds  that  any
dissenting  shareholder is so entitled, it shall proceed to fix the value of the
shares,  which, for the purposes of this section,  shall be the fair value as of
the close of business on the day prior to the shareholders'  authorization date.
In fixing the fair value of the shares,  the court shall  consider the nature of
the transaction  giving rise to the  shareholder's  right to receive payment for
shares and its effects on the corporation and its shareholders, the concepts and
methods then  customary in the relevant  securities  and  financial  markets for
determining  fair  value  of  shares  of a  corporation  engaging  in a  similar
transaction under comparable  circumstances and all other relevant factors.  The
court shall  determine  the fair value of the shares  without a jury and without
referral to an appraiser or referee.  Upon  application by the corporation or by
any  shareholder  who is a  party  to the  proceeding,  the  court  may,  in its
discretion,   permit  pretrial  disclosure,   including,  but  not  limited  to,
disclosure  of any  expert's  reports  relating  to the fair value of the shares
whether  or  not  intended  for  use  at  the  trial  in  the   proceeding   and
notwithstanding  subdivision  (d) of section 3101 of the civil  practice law and
rules.

                  (5) The final order in the proceeding shall be entered against
the  corporation in favor of each  dissenting  shareholder who is a party to the
proceeding and is entitled thereto for the value of his shares so determined.

                  (6) The final order shall include an allowance for interest at
such rate as the court finds to be equitable, from the date the corporate action
was consummated to the date of payment. In determining the rate of interest, the
court shall consider all relevant factors,  including the rate of interest which
the corporation would have had to pay to borrow money during the pendency of the
proceeding. If the court finds that the refusal of any shareholder to accept the
corporate offer of payment for his shares was arbitrary,  vexatious or otherwise
not in good faith, no interest shall be allowed to him.

                                       5
<PAGE>
                  (7) Each party to such proceeding shall bear its own costs and
expenses,  including  the fees and  expenses  of its  counsel and of any experts
employed by it. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the court may, in its discretion,
apportion and assess all or any part of the costs, expenses and fees incurred by
the  corporation  against  any or all of the  dissenting  shareholders  who  are
parties to the  proceeding,  including any who have  withdrawn  their notices of
election as provided in paragraph  (e), if the court finds that their refusal to
accept the  corporate  offer was  arbitrary,  vexatious or otherwise not in good
faith. The court may, in its discretion, apportion and assess all or any part of
the  costs,  expenses  and  fees  incurred  by any  or  all  of  the  dissenting
shareholders  who are parties to the proceeding  against the  corporation if the
court finds any of the following:

                          (A) that the fair  value of the  shares as  determined
materially exceeds the amount which
the corporation offered to pay;

                          (B) that no offer or required advance payment was made
by the corporation;

                          (C) that  the  corporation  failed  to  institute  the
special proceeding within the period
specified therefor; or

                          (D) that the action of the  corporation  in  complying
with its obligations as provided in
this section was arbitrary, vexatious or otherwise not in good faith.

In making any  determination  as provided in clause (A),  the court may consider
the dollar  amount or the  percentage,  or both,  by which the fair value of the
shares as determined exceeds the corporate offer.

                  (8)  Within  sixty  days  after  final  determination  of  the
proceeding,  the corporation shall pay to each dissenting shareholder the amount
found to be due him,  upon  surrender  of the  certificates  for any such shares
represented by certificates.

         (i) Shares acquired by the  corporation  upon the payment of the agreed
value  therefor or of the amount due under the final order,  as provided in this
section,  shall become treasury shares or be canceled as provided in section 515
(Reacquired shares), except that, in the case of a merger or consolidation, they
may be held and disposed of as the plan of merger or consolidation may otherwise
provide.

         (j) No payment  shall be made to a  dissenting  shareholder  under this
section at a time when the  corporation  is insolvent or when such payment would
make it insolvent.  In such event,  the  dissenting  shareholder  shall,  at his
option:

                  (1) Withdraw his notice of election, which shall in such event
be deemed withdrawn with the written consent of the corporation; or

                  (2) Retain his status as a claimant  against  the  corporation
and, if it is  liquidated,  be  subordinated  to the rights of  creditors of the
corporation, but have rights superior to the non-dissenting shareholders, and if
it is not  liquidated,  retain his right to be paid for his shares,  which

                                       6
<PAGE>
right the corporation  shall be obliged to satisfy when the restrictions of this
paragraph do not apply.

                  (3) The  dissenting  shareholder  shall  exercise  such option
under  subparagraph  (1) or (2) by written  notice  filed  with the  corporation
within  thirty  days after the  corporation  has given him  written  notice that
payment  for his  shares  cannot be made  because  of the  restrictions  of this
paragraph.  If the  dissenting  shareholder  fails to  exercise  such  option as
provided,  the corporation  shall exercise the option by written notice given to
him within twenty days after the expiration of such period of thirty days.

         (k) The  enforcement by a shareholder  of his right to receive  payment
for his shares in the manner  provided  herein shall exclude the  enforcement by
such  shareholder of any other right to which he might  otherwise be entitled by
virtue of share ownership,  except as provided in paragraph (e), and except that
this  section  shall  not  exclude  the  right of such  shareholder  to bring or
maintain  an  appropriate  action  to  obtain  relief  on the  ground  that such
corporate action will be or is unlawful or fraudulent as to him.

         (l) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this section,  any notice
to be given by a corporation to a shareholder  under this section shall be given
in the manner provided in section 605 (Notice of meetings of shareholders).

         (m) This  section  shall not apply to  foreign  corporations  except as
provided  in  subparagraph  (e)(2) of section 907  (Merger or  consolidation  of
domestic and foreign corporations).
<PAGE>
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              WASHINGTON, DC 20549
                                   FORM 10-K/A
                                Amendment No. 1

 [ X ]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
        ACT OF 1934
 
                   For the fiscal year ended October 31, 1998
                                             ----------------

 [   ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 
        EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (No Fee Required)

             For the transition period from              to

                         Commission file number 0-13284

                               V BAND CORPORATION
                               ------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

             New York                                         13-2990015
             --------                                         ----------
   (State or other jurisdiction of                           (IRS Employer
   incorporation or organization)                         Identification No.)

                  3 Westchester Plaza, Elmsford, New York 10523

              (Address and zip code of principal executive office)

                                 (914) 789-5000
                                 --------------
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                      None

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                          Common Stock, $.01 par value
                                (Title of class)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [X]

The number of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  as of January  31,  1999 was
5,428,621 shares.

The  aggregate  market  value  of the  Common  Stock of the  registrant  held by
non-affiliates as of January 31, 1999 was $812,124.

* The  Company  has  assumed  that all of the  outstanding  shares  were held by
non-affiliates  except  for the  shares  beneficially  owned by any  officer  or
director of the Company who owns 1% or more of the Company's  outstanding common
stock and persons  known by the Company  beneficially  to own 10% or more of the
Company's  outstanding  common stock.  The market value was based on the closing
price of these shares on January 31, 1999.

Documents incorporated by reference

None.
<PAGE>
                               V BAND CORPORATION
                             FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT
                   FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1998


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                        
                                     PART I

Item 1.       Business                                                          
Item 2.       Properties                                                   
Item 3.       Legal Proceedings                                            
Item 4.       Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders          
                               
                                PART II

Item 5.       Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related 
                  Stockholder Matters

Item 6.       Selected Financial Data                                      
Item 7.       Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
                  and Results of Operations     

Item 7A.      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Item 8.       Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   
                 
Item 9.       Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting  
                  and Financial Disclosure 
                                                                    
                               PART III

Item 10.      Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant    
Item 11.      Executive Compensation 
Item 12.      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management  
Item 13.      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions      
                               
                                PART IV

Item 14.      Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedule, and Reports on Form 8-K  
                        


<PAGE>
                                     PART I

Item 1.    Business

General

V  Band  Corporation  (together  with  its  subsidiaries,  the  "Company"),  was
incorporated in New York in 1977 and commenced  business  operations in 1980. It
is a leading  supplier of instant  access voice  communications  systems.  These
systems  include  sophisticated   software-based   communications  workstations,
switching equipment, peripheral products, project management services, technical
services and wide-area  network (WAN) solutions.  V Band's products and services
are used worldwide primarily by financial services organizations for the trading
of stocks, bonds and other financial instruments. Other applications include the
mission critical communications  requirements of the electric power industry and
emergency service providers.

The largest share of the Company's  sales is derived from the sale and servicing
of voice trading systems to the financial services industry. Traders and dealers
require instant access  communication to a large constituency,  including peers,
customers,  and  market  information  providers.  In  contrast  to  conventional
business  telephone  systems,  voice trading systems utilize more network access
lines than telephone handsets. Each workstation provides the user with immediate
push  button  access  to as many as 320  telephone  lines  along  with a  visual
indication of the current  operational  status of each line. The Company's voice
trading systems offer a distributed  switching  architecture  (without a central
controller) and full software control for ease of moves, additions, and changes.
Other  markets  for these  systems  include  communication  control  centers for
utilities,  government and military agencies,  emergency service E9-1-1 dispatch
centers and network operations.

Beginning in 1994, the Company implemented  significant changes in the manner in
which it conducts business.  During 1994, the Company established a direct sales
and service  network in the United  States and the United  Kingdom by  acquiring
four  companies  which  distributed  and serviced the Company's  products in the
principal markets of New York, London and Boston.  The Company further increased
its direct  sales and  service  network in the  United  States by opening  sales
offices in Chicago and San  Francisco.  In 1995,  the Company  restructured  its
manufacturing  process by out-sourcing the manufacture of many sub-assemblies of
the Company's  products.  In 1995, the Company also  reorganized its management,
engineering,  manufacturing and  administrative  organizations,  and reduced the
number of its  employees.  During  1996,  the Company  established  V Band Asian
Partners,  a  strategic  alliance  of  thirteen  distributors  of the  Company's
products in the Asian market.

In 1994, the Company  acquired certain assets of Windmill  Communications,  Inc.
("Windmill"),   Advantage  Communications,   Inc.  ("Advantage"),  ACT  Computer
Support,  LTD.  ("ACT") and acquired the  outstanding  capital  stock of Mercury
Dealing Systems ("Mercury").  The Windmill and Advantage  acquisitions  provided
the Company with a service presence and increased sales strength in the New York
City and Boston markets respectively. The Mercury and ACT acquisitions increased
the  Company's  sales  and  service   presence  in  the  London  market.   These
acquisitions,  coupled  with the  opening of sales  offices  in Chicago  and San
Francisco,  implemented the Company's strategy of enhancing market share through
the direct sale and full service of its products,  including project management,
maintenance and other services.  The Company's sales offices are complemented in
certain  regions of the domestic and global  marketplace by  distributors  which
sell and service the Company's products.
<PAGE>
During 1995,  the Company  transferred  the  production  of its printed  circuit
boards   from  an   internal   manufacturing   process  to   external   contract
manufacturers.  This action was  undertaken  to reduce the cost of the Company's
products  and  permitted  the  Company to  substantially  reduce the size of its
production facilities. The Company also reorganized its management, engineering,
manufacturing and  administrative  organizations  and substantially  reduced the
number of the Company's employees.

During  1996,  the  Company  established  V Band  Asian  Partners,  a  strategic
partnership with The Trade Wind Group, a long-time  distributor of the Company's
products  based in Australia.  V Band Asian  Partners is an alliance of thirteen
distributors whose marketing efforts and servicing  capabilities are coordinated
and supported by The Trade Wind Group. Through this partnership, the Company has
improved  its  ability  to  capitalize  on the  growth  in the  Asian  financial
marketplace.

During 1995,  the Company  executed an agreement with the Chicago Board of Trade
(CBOT) for the sale and  installation  of a major trading  floor  communications
system  that  includes   approximately  1,700  custom-designed   exchange  floor
telephones  and  various  peripheral   equipment  in  transactions   valued,  in
aggregate, at approximately $9 million. The (CBOT) exchange phone system employs
the same advanced  technology base used in the Company's Broad Band DN switching
architecture and Power Deck product line. The Company provided full installation
services,   including  project   management  and  cabling  for  the  9,000  line
communication system. The project was completed in January 1998.

In 1996, the Company  executed an agreement for a major expansion and relocation
of the Chicago Board of Trade's financial  trading floor.  This contract,  which
augmented the agreement  mentioned  above,  was valued in excess of $2.5 million
and was completed in 1997.

During  1997,  the  Company  completed  major  system  installations  in several
non-traditional,  emerging  financial centers including Oslo, Norway and Moscow.
In 1997, the Company executed an agreement with the New York Mercantile Exchange
for the  sale,  installation  and  maintenance  of a  major  two  floor  trading
communications system that includes  approximately 600 custom-designed  exchange
floor telephones (with up to 8 handsets each) and various peripheral  equipment.
This transaction, valued at over $4.9 million, was completed in 1997.

In January 1998, the Company  established a plan to restructure  its operations.
The plan included  consolidation  of office space in New York and London and the
centralization  of the  administrative  functions of the Company's United States
service  operation  into  its New  York  operation.  In  addition,  the  Company
reassigned  several  marketing and  administrative  staff to field sales support
functions as a further effort to enhance revenues. As a result of this plan, the
Company  reduced the number of its employees  from the October 31, 1997 level of
186 to 110 as of October 31, 1998.

In July 1998,  the Company  restructured  the  operations of its United  Kingdom
subsidiary,  V Band PLC.  An  agreement  with  Siemens  Corporation  allowed the
Company to outsource V Band PLC's  service  dispatch  and spare parts  inventory
functions,  further  reducing  operating costs while  improving  overall service
levels and parts availability for V Band PLC's base of customers.  The number of
field service  personnel was held  constant.  For the fiscal years ended October
31,  1998 and  1997,  V Band PLC had sales of $5.3 and  $7.1,  respectively.  At
October 31, 1998, V Band PLC had 27 employees.
<PAGE>
In October 1998, the Company  signed a joint sales and marketing  agreement with
FORE Systems,  Inc., a leading supplier of high bandwidth multimedia  networking
solutions.  The  agreement  calls  for the two  firms  to work  together  on the
development  and  support  of  specific  vertical  markets  for  instant  access
voice/data  networks and ATM-based  solutions  that enable  multimedia  LANs. In
addition,  FORE Systems and V Band have agreed to work collectively in the areas
of  compatibility  testing,  customer  field trial,  demonstrations  and ongoing
technical support.

Also in October 1998, the Company  announced a strategic  partnership  agreement
with Bosch Telecom,  Europe's  fourth largest  telecommunications  manufacturer.
Through this agreement, V Band PLC has become the exclusive source for sales and
service of both Bosch's and V Band's  product line for financial  services firms
in the  United  Kingdom.  In  addition,  the two  companies  will  be  combining
technical  resources to begin  exploring  additional  joint solutions for voice,
video and data as applied to the financial industry.  The Company anticipates to
receive  revenues from sales of Bosch  communications  systems and  accompanying
service contract agreements in the first quarter of fiscal year 1999.

Through  a  subsidiary,   Licom,  Inc.  ("Licom"),  the  Company  also  designs,
manufactures   and  sells  fiber   optic-based   voice  and  data   multiplexers
specifically designed for the "mission critical"  communications of the electric
power industry, such as inter-substation communications. Other markets for Licom
multiplexers   include  command  and  control  applications  for  "right-of-way"
companies such as utilities,  transportation  companies,  and emergency  service
organizations.  In 1997,  the Company  consolidated  the operations of its Licom
subsidiary into the operations of its core business in Elmsford, NY.

Products and Markets

The Company  introduced its first voice trading system in 1981.  Since then, the
Company has developed,  manufactured and distributed  several new generations of
systems,   increasing  power,  features,   flexibility  and  network  management
capabilities while reducing repair cost and space requirements.

In June 1990,  the Company  introduced  the  industry's  first all digital voice
trading  system,  the VIAX  DN.  Digital  connectivity  reduces  network  costs,
improves  reliability,  and offers  users the ability to program  their  station
options  directly from the console.  Digital  technology has sharply reduced the
space required for the common  equipment.  The Company's current digital system,
the  "BroadBand  DN",  requires  as little as  one-eighth  of the space that was
required by the systems first introduced in 1987.

In  1993,  the  Company   introduced  Power  Deck,  a  highly  advanced  digital
communications  workstation  for the  financial  community.  The Power Deck user
interface  is  fully  compatible  with the  Company's  BroadBand  DN  technology
platform,  and  features  state-of-the-art  surface  mount  design.  Significant
innovations   include  a  high  resolution   graphics  display,   enhanced  user
programmability  and an ergonomically  designed  detachable keypad that improves
productivity and gives users precise control of critical phone functions.

In 1995,  the Company  introduced  BroadBand  DN, the latest  generation  of its
distributed  digital  switching  system.  BroadBand  DN is built on a high-speed
computing  platform allowing direct connection to the digital  facilities of the
public network and providing digital  connectivity to the desktop.  The system's
basic architecture allows for software feature enhancements and reduces the risk
<PAGE>
of future  obsolescence.  The  administration  software  empowers  the user with
system control and configuration  capability,  allows diagnostic reporting,  and
eases the ability to perform moves,  adds, and changes from a personal computer.
The  Company's  digital  trading  consoles  give the users  access to all system
lines,  paperless button labeling and fully programmable  loudspeaker monitoring
of multiple lines simultaneously.

In 1995,  the  Company  introduced  DXi,  a  high-speed  digital  communications
console.  The DXi is fully compatible with the Company's BroadBand DN technology
platform  and employs the same base  technology  as the Power Deck.  The Company
also introduced its digital eXchange Phone, which was installed  successfully at
the Chicago Board of Trade.  The eXchange Phone employs the  technology  base of
the  Power  Deck  product  line  and  provides  state-of-the-art  communications
designed  specifically for the hectic and demanding  environment of an exchange.
The eXchange Phone was  ergonomically  designed to optimize  trading floor space
and maintain high efficiency for member firms.

In 1995,  the Company  developed  the APL (Audio  Processing  Line) card,  which
increases the capacity of telephone  lines that can be handled by each BroadBand
DN node by combining the AP-ACC (Audio  Processing-Analog  Control Card) and ALC
(Analog  Line Card) cards into a single  card.  This card enables the Company to
increase the capacity and use of card space in its backroom  cabinets and racks.
Also,  a new  speaker  interface  was  developed  which  allows  speakers  to be
dynamically  programmed  from the Power Deck and DXi consoles.  The Company also
developed  advanced  intercom  features for its digital  trading  consoles and a
speakerphone for its Power Deck trading console.

In 1995,  the  Company  introduced  a suite of highly  sophisticated  networking
products  and tools  designed  to address  the needs of its  current  and future
customers.   These  products,   Global   Switching   Module  ("GSM"),   WAN  ONE
inter-networking  products,  PassPort Network  Management  Platform and F.A.S.T.
(Fast Access  Support  Technology),  represent  the leading  edge in  networking
capabilities for the financial trading environment.

The GSM,  which employs a one gigabit  switch for  information  throughput,  can
support a trading  floor with over 2,400 user  consoles and  delivers  access to
over 16,000 lines without system blocking.  The Company installed GSM at several
customer locations during 1996.

The WAN ONE  product  enables  remote  trading  floor  communication  systems to
operate as if they were located  together.  For  example,  traders in London can
have instant,  local access to lines in New York,  Canada, or virtually anywhere
in the world.

The PassPort Network Management Platform is a sophisticated  UNIX-based suite of
tools that control and maintain large systems in a cost-effective  manner.  True
multi-tasking and simultaneous multi-user operations allow large system managers
to effectively  administer distributed trading systems across existing corporate
LANs and WANs.

The Company's F.A.S.T.  service enables service  technicians to troubleshoot and
perform moves,  adds and changes (MACs)  remotely  through phone lines,  thereby
increasing system performance and serviceability.

In 1996, a second generation  digital exchange floor phone product was developed
that  enables the use of up to eight  handsets per phone.  The Company  believes
that its  products are well  positioned  to compete for business in the exchange
floor marketplace.
<PAGE>
In 1996, the Company  introduced the Clarity Speaker System. The Clarity Speaker
System allows  traders and brokers to  simultaneously  monitor an  unprecedented
number of lines  without the need for numerous  individual  speaker cube arrays.
The Clarity  Speaker  System  employs  advanced  digital  signal  processing and
features that help users to more readily  manage  incoming  communications  in a
high traffic  environment while requiring minimal space at the trading desk. The
Company also  introduced a DXi hard-key button module that will enable its Power
Deck and DXi trading  consoles to support  hard keys as well as  softkeys,  or a
combination of both.

In 1997,  the Company  redesigned  and enhanced the physical  attributes  of its
Power Deck and DXi voice trading  consoles to increase  their visual appeal with
end users. This redesign involved new faceplates, rounded streamlined edging and
an all-new  color  scheme.  In  addition,  the Company  developed a  full-duplex
version of the Clarity speaker system and added numerous  software  enhancements
to the feature set of its line of digital trading consoles.

In 1998, numerous software  enhancements were introduced for the Company's Broad
Band DN line of products.  In  addition,  the Company  finalized  and deployed a
full-duplex  "open  microphone"  version of the  Clarity  Speaker  System.  This
development  allows hands-free  monitoring of up to 24 lines  simultaneously and
offers various communications features and options.

Through  Licom's  product  ProMX,   the  Company   supplies  fiber   optic-based
multiplexers to the electric power industry. The ProMX is an integrated, modular
multiplexing  unit  designed  to carry  "mission  critical"  communications  and
operate  in  circumstances  and  physical  environments  for which  conventional
equipment is not usually designed to withstand. ProMX interfaces with protective
relays,  supervisory  control  and data  acquisition  (SCADA),  voice,  data and
telemetry.  The ProMX units, or nodes,  communicate with fiber optic networks at
data  transmission  rates of 1.544  million bits per second (T1),  2.048 million
bits per second (E1) or 51.84 million bits per second (SONET OC1).  ProMX nodes,
common in  transmission  substations,  are often  located  together with console
systems  equipment in the command center.  Licom,  based in Elmsford,  New York,
continues to market, test, ship and support the ProMX product line.

Product Development

The Company's product development strategy is to continually improve its current
product lines and to develop  advanced new products and technologies to meet the
evolving needs of the markets it serves.  The Company's  emphasis is on software
and features that  facilitate the  integration of computer  networks and digital
voice systems within the trading floor environment.

During the years ended October 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996,  the  Company's  annual
research and development  expenditures were $1.7 million,  $3.6 million and $3.1
million or 9%, 12% and 9% of sales, respectively.

Sales, Service and Distribution

In 1994, the Company completed the  transformation of its distribution  channels
into a direct sales and service  network in the United States and United Kingdom
with the acquisition of certain assets of four unrelated companies  distributing
and or servicing the Company's products.  These business  acquisitions  provided
the Company with a service  presence and increased its sales strength in the New
York City, Boston and London markets.  These acquisitions advanced the Company's
strategy to enhance market share through the direct sale and full service of its
products,  which includes project management,  maintenance and other services in
the United States and United Kingdom.
<PAGE>
The Company  currently  maintains  direct sales and service  centers in New York
City, Boston,  Chicago, San Francisco and London to provide sales,  services and
support to  customers in the United  States and London  markets.  Through  these
centers,  the  Company  sells  equipment,  including  modifications  to existing
systems,  and support  services,  including  maintenance  contracts  and project
management.  The Company utilizes several distributors to support its operations
throughout other regions of the United States.

The Company  utilizes a network of  international  distributors to deliver sales
and service  support in other global markets,  such as Canada,  the Pacific Rim,
South America and Europe. To accommodate the increased  activity level of global
financial markets, V Band expanded its base of foreign distributors during 1996.
At present, there are approximately 25 authorized V Band distributors worldwide,
with new digital systems placed in emerging financial centers in Russia,  Greece
and South Africa. During 1996, V Band Corporation and Australia-based Trade Wind
Group announced the formation of V Band Asian Partners, a strategic  partnership
to expand distribution  channels for V Band's products in Pacific Rim countries.
Licom  uses  direct and  distributor  sales,  service,  project  management  and
maintenance in the United States and Canada,  and uses independent  distributors
for international sales and service.

Sales to Morgan  Guaranty  Trust Company of New York and  affiliates  (including
sales through its vendor,  AT&T Solutions)  represented 15%, 6% and 10% of sales
in 1998,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.  Sales to the Chicago Board of Trade and
its general  contractor  represented  8%, 10% and 21% of sales in 1998, 1997 and
1996,  respectively.  During  1998  and 1997  sales  to The New York  Mercantile
Exchange accounted for 1% and 16% of the Company's sales.

Equipment sales,  excluding  Licom's ProMX,  consisting of new systems installed
and modifications to existing systems, in all markets, were $10.9 million, $24.4
million and $25.3 million,  representing 58%, 79% and 77% of the Company's sales
in 1998, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  Licom sales represented 9%, 3% and 7% of
the Company's sales in 1998, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  Service sales, which
consists of  maintenance  contract  sales,  support,  service and  miscellaneous
repairs  accounted  for 33%, 18% and 16%, of sales  during 1998,  1997 and 1996,
respectively.  The  Company's  Licom  subsidiary  operates  from  the  Company's
Elmsford, NY facility.
   
The  Company's  foreign sales for 1998,  1997 and 1996 were $7.7 million,  $11.4
million  and  $9.7  million,  or  41%,  37%  and  29%,  respectively,  of  total
consolidated sales. For further information  regarding foreign sales, see Note 9
- -- Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
The Company's sales of systems for application in "non-financial" communications
control centers of utilities,  railroads and other  "right-of-way"  companies as
well as E9-1-1 emergency  service centers and  government/military  applications
were, in the aggregate,  21%, 8% and 20% of the Company's  sales for 1998,  1997
and 1996, respectively.

Manufacturing and Sources of Supply

During 1995, the Company restructured its manufacturing operations to reduce the
cost of its  products by  out-sourcing  the  production  of its printed  circuit
boards. As part of this restructuring,  the Company significantly down-sized its
production  facility by  relocating  its  operations,  in July 1995, to a 15,000
square foot facility in Elmsford,  New York,  from its former 67,000 square foot
leased facility in Yonkers, New York. The Elmsford facility houses the Company's
purchasing,  production control,  final assembly,  quality control,  testing and
repair operations.
<PAGE>
The Company  primarily  utilizes two outside  subcontractors  to manufacture its
custom  fabricated,  printed  circuit boards.  The Company  provides the product
designs,  engineering  bill of materials  and testing  procedures to ensure that
suppliers meet the Company's quality and reliability standards.  The Company has
been be able to reduce some of its product  cost due to the  economies  of scale
afforded by the outside contractors in the purchase of components.

While the Company believes that reduced equipment production volume has strained
its relationships with many of its subcontractors and suppliers, the Company did
not  experience any  significant  delays in the delivery of material from either
subcontractors  or  suppliers in 1998.  Due to the overall  decline in equipment
revenue in 1998 and management's  efforts to reduce the Company's  investment in
inventory,  the Company substantially reduced new purchases and also rescheduled
deliveries of goods previously ordered from its subcontractors and suppliers. To
achieve more favorable  economies of scale,  an increasing  number of components
are currently sourced from single suppliers.  There is, therefore,  no assurance
that,  in the  event of a  supply  shortage,  such  components  will be  readily
available in the quality and quantity  necessary to meet the Company's needs. In
1997,  the  Company  experienced  several  delays in the  delivery  of  product,
primarily  related to the  production  of Licom  products.  In  accordance  with
industry  practice,  the  Company  seeks to  maintain  inventory  in  quantities
sufficient  to ship  products  within  four to eight weeks of receipt of orders.
This requires the Company to maintain a significant investment in inventory.

Patents

In 1994,  the Company was  granted a U.S.  patent  relating to the design of the
Power Deck  console  system.  In 1993,  the Company  was  granted a U.S.  patent
relating  to the  design of the VIAX DN console  system.  In 1992,  the  Company
received  patents  on its  system  digital  switch  architecture  and its  power
supplies.

The Company  believes that patent  protection  for its designs could enhance its
ability  to  successfully  market its  product  technology  at  reduced  risk to
competitors'  imitation of the Company's products.  However, no assurance can be
given  that  any  patent  issued  will  effectively  limit  competition  for the
Company's  products and the Company's  protection of its market position through
technological  development  has,  to  date,  been  derived  primarily  from  the
Company's ability to keep secret its proprietary information and knowledge.  The
unique design features of the Company's products may be susceptible to discovery
by third persons who have access to such products.  Technological changes in the
telephone  terminal  equipment  industry  occur  rapidly  and  new  patents  are
constantly  being issued for products sold in the industry.  No assurance can be
made that claims  will not be brought  against  the  Company  alleging  that the
Company's products,  or aspects thereof,  infringe on competitors'  patents. The
Company has no such claims pending. The Company seeks to protect its proprietary
rights to computer  software through  copyright,  non-disclosure  agreements and
software licenses.

Distributor Support and Warranty Policy

The Company's service personnel, together with third-party service firms engaged
by the Company or by the Company's customers,  perform all necessary maintenance
of products  sold by the Company or by its  distributors,  including  components
manufactured   by  others.   The  Company   performs   maintenance  and  assists
distributors and third-party  maintenance  companies under its standard warranty
policy.  The Company generally  warrants its products to be free from defects in
material and  workmanship for a period of one year from the date of installation
and repairs or replaces  defective products under warranty without charge to its
customers.
<PAGE>
Competition

The market for the Company's products is highly competitive and is characterized
by advanced  technology,  rapid change and broad  product  support.  Many of the
Company's  competitors,  both in the  United  States  and  globally,  are  large
companies that  manufacture  and distribute a wide range of telephone  products,
and provide services such as installation and maintenance.  Management  believes
that  the  competitive  factors  in  its  product  lines  are  price,   quality,
reliability, product innovation, timely delivery, service and product support.

The Company's  largest  competitors  in the United States and the United Kingdom
are IPC Information  Systems,  Inc. ("IPCI") and British Telecom NA. The Company
believes that these two markets, the United States and United Kingdom,  comprise
60%-65% of the global  market for the Company's  products.  The  competitors  in
markets  served  by  ProMX  products  are  primarily  RFL  Technologies,  Pulsar
Technologies, the Centronics Division of NORTEL and ASEA Brown Boveri.

The Company believes that its primary competitive advantages are the quality and
features of its products and its service and product support.  While the Company
is able to provide  these  advantages  to all  customers in the market places it
serves,  the  relatively  greater  size of the  Company's  competitors  has been
perceived to be a competitive disadvantage for the Company.

Backlog

As of October 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, the Company's  backlog of purchase orders
that  management  believes to be firm was $4.3  million,  $3.8  million and $8.3
million,  respectively. The Company expects to deliver all products and services
from its October 31, 1998  backlog  during  fiscal 1999.  The Company  generally
delivers  large system  configured  products to  customers  within six to twelve
weeks of its receipt of firm orders.  Where the Company  makes  direct  end-user
installations,  smaller to mid-sized system  deliveries  generally occur four to
eight weeks from  receipt of firm orders.  Management  does not believe that the
Company's backlog is a meaningful indication of future sales.

Employees

As of October 31, 1998, the Company had 110 full-time employees, of whom 19 were
product  development  and  production  personnel,  69 were sales,  marketing and
service support personnel, and 22 were administrative  personnel.  This compares
to 186 at October 31, 1997 and 199 at October 31, 1996.  The decrease  from 1997
was primarily attributable to the Company's restructuring plan.

Many of the Company's  employees are highly skilled,  and the Company's  success
will depend, in part, on its ability to attract and retain such employees.  None
of the  Company's  employees are covered by a collective  bargaining  agreement;
however, four employees of a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, all of whom
work in the Boston service center, are members of a local collective  bargaining
unit. The Company believes its relations with its employees are good.
<PAGE>
                          Private Securities Litigation
                        Reform Act Safe Harbor Statement

When used in this Annual  Report on Form 10-K and in other public  statements by
the Company and  Company  officers,  the words  "expect",  estimate",  project",
"intend"  and similar  expressions  are  intended to  identify  forward  looking
statements  regarding events and financial trends which may affect the Company's
future operating results and financial condition. Such statements are subject to
risks and  uncertainties  that could  cause the  Company's  actual  results  and
financial  condition to differ materially.  Such factors include,  among others:
(i) the intense  competition in the market places for the Company's products and
services;  (ii) the  sensitivity of the Company's  business to general  economic
conditions  and the economic  conditions of the  industries  which  purchase the
Company's  products  and  services;  (iii)  the  performance  of  the  Company's
suppliers and subcontractors;  (iv) changes in accounting principles,  policies,
or  guidelines;   and  (v)  other  economic,   competitive,   governmental   and
technological  factors affecting the Company's  operations,  markets,  products,
services, and prices.  Additional factors are described in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K and in the  Company's  other  reports  filed with the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission.  Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these
forward  looking  statements,  which speak only as of the date made. The Company
undertakes no obligation to publicly release the result of any revision of these
forward  looking  statements to reflect events or  circumstances  after the date
they are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

Item 2.    Properties

The Company's executive offices,  engineering,  assembly, quality assurance, and
repair  business  operations are located at a 15,000 square foot leased facility
located at 3 Westchester Plaza, Elmsford, New York.

Leases for the Company's  domestic sales and service support  locations  include
approximately:  2,500  square feet  located in New York City;  1,300 square feet
located in Boston,  Massachusetts;  2,600 square feet in Chicago,  Illinois; and
983 square feet in San Francisco, California.

Licom's  headquarters  and  operations  were  relocated  in May of  1997  to the
corporate headquarters.

As part of a plan to reduce and  consolidate  its office space,  the Company has
subleased  its  former  8,900  square  foot sales  office in New York City,  has
relocated  its  executive  offices and  engineering  facilities to 3 Westchester
Plaza,  Elmsford,  New York,  and has signed a contract to assign the lease of a
former  20,000 square foot  production  facility  located 20 miles  southeast of
London.

Management believes that all of its facilities are in good condition and working
order and have adequate capacity to meet its needs for the foreseeable future.
<PAGE>
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

In October 1994,  the Company  commenced an action against  Technical  Telephone
Systems, Inc. ("TTSI") in New York State Supreme Court,  Westchester County, for
minimum  payments  due  to the  Company  in  the  amount  of  $650,000  under  a
distribution  agreement  between the Company and TTSI.  In November  1994,  TTSI
filed a counterclaim  against the Company denying all allegations  stated in the
Company's  complaint and alleging a breach of good faith and fair dealing by the
Company,  claiming  damages of $1 million.  The Company has been in  discussions
with TTSI and expects that a settlement of this  proceeding will be concluded in
the near  future  which  will not have a  material  impact  on the  consolidated
financial condition of the Company.

In June 1998, IEC  Electronics  Corp.  ("IEC  Electronics")  commenced an action
against the Company in New York State Supreme  Court,  Wayne  County,  asserting
claims for the  payment of  $299,914  for  products  delivered  to the  Company,
$186,385 for  inventory  having that value,  $12,404 for  materials and labor in
work in progress,  an unspecified amount for incidental expenses incurred in the
storage,  transportation  and sale of  inventory  and work in  progress,  and an
unspecified  amount for the costs and  disbursements of the action.  The Company
has  filed  an  answer  denying   liability  for  the  claims  and  asserting  a
counterclaim against IEC Electronics in an amount in excess of $500,000.

The  Company  is a party to other  legal  proceedings  commenced  against  it by
suppliers  and  former  employees.  The  Company  believes  that  none of  these
proceedings will have a material impact on the consolidated  financial condition
of the Company.

Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth fiscal
quarter of the year ended October 31, 1998.



<PAGE>
                                     Part II

Item 5.    Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder 
           Matters

The Company's  Common Stock is listed for quotation in the National  Association
of Securities  Dealers OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol "VBAN". The following
table shows the high and low closing bid prices for the  Company's  Common Stock
during  each of the fiscal  quarters  identified  below.  These bid prices  were
obtained from IDD Information  Services.  The quotations represent prices in the
over-the-counter  market between dealers in securities and do not include retail
markup, markdown, or commissions.

Fiscal 1998                                          High                Low
- -----------                                          ----                ---

Fourth Quarter                                      $ .41              $ .13
Third Quarter                                       $ .38              $ .11
Second Quarter                                      $ .88              $ .25
First Quarter                                      $ 1.75              $ .63

Fiscal 1997                                          High                Low
- -----------                                          ----                ---

Fourth Quarter                                     $ 2.44             $ 1.50
Third Quarter                                      $ 2.44             $ 1.38
Second Quarter                                     $ 2.00             $ 1.25
First Quarter                                      $ 2.50             $ 1.25

As of January 31, 1999,  there were  approximately  500 holders of record of the
Company's Common Stock.

The  Company  has never  paid a regular  dividend  on its  shares,  and does not
anticipate paying dividends in the near future.

Under the terms of the Credit  Agreement  dated as of May 28, 1997,  between the
Company and National Bank of Canada,  New York Branch, the Company is restricted
from  declaring  or paying  dividends if an event of default has occurred and is
continuing thereunder.



<PAGE>
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

The selected  financial data presented  below have been derived from the audited
financial statements of the Company, and should be read in connection with those
statements, which are included herein.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                For the Year Ended October 31,

                                             1998          1997           1996          1995         1994
                                           --------      --------      --------     --------      --------
                                                         (in 000's, except per share data)
<S>                                        <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>     
Sales ................................     $ 18,573      $ 31,081      $ 32,886     $ 29,351      $ 31,078

Income (loss) before cumulative effect
    of accounting change .............       (4,369)       (8,512)           27      (11,594)          627

Cumulative effect of accounting change           --            --            --           --         1,242
                                           --------      --------      --------     --------      --------
Net income (loss) per basic and
diluted common share .................     $ (4,369)     $ (8,512)     $     27     $(11,594)     $  1,869
                                           ========      ========      ========     ========      ========

Per share data:
    Income (loss) before cumulative
        effect of accounting change ..     $   (.81)     $  (1.58)     $    .01     $  (2.18)     $    .12
    Cumulative effect of accounting
        change .......................           --            --            --           --           .23  
                                           --------      --------      --------     --------      --------
    Net income (loss) ................     $   (.81)     $  (1.58)     $    .01     $  (2.18)     $    .35
                                           ========      ========      ========     ========      ========

Weighted average number of basic and
    diluted common shares outstanding         5,423         5,372         5,323        5,322         5,311

Cash dividends per common share ......     $    .00      $    .00      $    .00     $    .00      $    .00

Working capital ......................     $  1,395      $  5,151      $ 10,619     $  9,622      $ 18,935

Total assets .........................     $  8,807      $ 14,552      $ 22,042     $ 21,212      $ 36,027

Shareholders' equity .................     $  1,920      $  6,097      $ 14,488     $ 14,398      $ 26,039

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
         of Operations

Results of Operations

As an aid to understanding the Company's operating results,  the following table
shows, for the periods  indicated,  the percentage  relationship which each item
bears to sales.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                   Fiscal Year Ended October 31,
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                   1998       1997        1996
                                                  ------      -----      ------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>         <C>   
Sales
    Equipment ..............................        66.8 %     81.8%       84.2 %
    Service ................................        33.2       18.2        15.8
                                                  ------      -----      ------
Total sales ................................       100.0      100.0       100.0
Cost of sales
    Equipment(*) ...........................        69.0       73.8        59.2
    Service(*) .............................        67.8       76.7        62.2
                                                  ------      -----      ------
Total cost of sales ........................        68.6       74.3        59.7
                                                  ------      -----      ------
Gross Profit ...............................        31.4       25.7        40.3
Selling, general and administrative expenses        44.6       39.2        31.0
Research and development expenses ..........         9.2       11.5         9.5
                                                  ------      -----      ------
Operating loss .............................       (22.4)     (25.0)       (0.1)
                                                  ======      =====      ======
Net income (loss) ..........................       (23.5)%    (27.4)%       .01%
                                                  ======      =====      ======
</TABLE>
    
*  Presented as a percentage of the related sales categories.

Sales

Sales for the year ended October 31, 1998 were $18.6  million,  a $12.5 million,
or 40% decrease from sales for 1997. The decline in 1998 sales was primarily due
to a decrease in large exchange  floor  installations  and a general  decline in
demand for the Company's products.  Equipment sales, which include new equipment
installations  plus moves,  adds, and changes for customers'  existing  systems,
decreased by 51% from $25.4  million in 1997 to $12.4  million in 1998.  Of this
$13.0  million  decrease,  $7.0 million was  attributable  to a decline in large
exchange floor  installations and $6.0 million was attributable to a decrease in
the sale of the Company's other products.
<PAGE>
Sales in 1998 to non-financial  customers (i.e.,  communication  control centers
for utilities, and government agencies, etc.) accounted for $4.0 million, or 21%
of sales, a $1.5 million  increase from 1997  non-financial  customer sales. The
increase was  attributable to a $0.7 million  increase in sales of the Company's
Licom products and several  specific  sales of the Company's  product in diverse
applications in 1998.

Sales for the year ended October 31, 1997 were $31.1 million, a $1.8 million, or
5% decrease from sales for 1996.  The decline in 1997 sales was primarily due to
a decrease in sales of the Company's Licom  subsidiary and was partially  offset
by an increase in the Company's  service sales.  Equipment sales,  which include
new  equipment  installations  plus moves,  adds,  and  changes  for  customers'
existing systems, decreased by 8% from $27.7 million in 1996 to $25.4 million in
1997. Of this $2.3 million decrease,  $1.5 million was attributable to a decline
in the sales of Licom's  products and $.8 million was attributable to a decrease
in the sale of the  Company's  other  products.  The  decline in the sale of the
Company's  Licom  products was primarily due to a decline in the number of units
sold resulting from increased competition in the market for Licom's products and
the Company's emphasis on the sale of its other products.

Sales in 1997 to non-financial  customers (i.e.,  communication  control centers
for  utilities and  government  agencies)  accounted for $2.5 million,  or 8% of
sales,  a $3.5 million  decrease from 1996  non-financial  customer  sales.  The
decrease  was  related  primarily  to several  specific  sales of the  Company's
product in diverse applications in 1996.

Since the Company sells products to its foreign  customers and  distributors for
U.S. dollars,  it is unaffected by currency  translations.  The Company's United
Kingdom  operation  primarily  transacts sales in pounds sterling or US dollars.
Those sales transacted in pound sterling were not materially impacted by foreign
exchange rate fluctuations during 1998 or 1997.

Direct sales were $16.4  million,  or 88% of total sales in 1998, as compared to
$24.9  million  and  $28.4  million,  or 80% and 86% of sales in 1997 and  1996,
respectively.

Gross Profit Margins

Gross  profit  margins  for  1998 and 1997  were 31% and 26%  respectively.  The
equipment  gross profit  margin was 31% in 1998 as compared to 26% in 1997.  The
increase  in  equipment  gross  profit  margins  in  1998  was  attributable  to
modifications to existing systems and Licom new systems installed representing a
higher  percentage of total equipment sales. In general,  both of these types of
sales  generate  higher  gross  profit  margins  than new  installations  of the
Company's  core  products.  The service gross profit margin  increased to 32% in
1998 from 23% in 1997. This was primarily attributable to efficiencies gained as
a result  of the  January  1998  restructuring,  and new  maintenance  contracts
entered into 1998.

Gross  profit  margins  for  1997 and 1996  were 26% and 40%  respectively.  The
equipment  gross profit  margin was 26% in 1997 as compared to 41% in 1996.  The
decrease in equipment gross profit margins for 1997 was  attributable to special
fourth quarter 1997 expense adjustments,  including an $.8 million write-down of
certain  field and supplier  inventory  and a $.5 million  increase in inventory
reserves  related to components for older product lines. In addition,  the gross
profit margin was unfavorably  impacted by large customer  contracts,  for which
<PAGE>
the Company obtained lower gross profit margins, large manufacturing  variances,
due to a lower volume of purchases during the year,  service  variances,  due to
large  contracts where the Company  incurred  additional  warranty costs,  and a
decrease in gross  profit  margins  from the  Company's  Licom  business  due to
increased  production costs. The service gross profit margin decreased to 23% in
1997 from 38% in 1996. This was primarily attributable to increased costs in the
Company's  service  operations  and an  increase  in the  amount of  technicians
providing warranty services related to several large contracts.

Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses for 1998 decreased to $10.0 million, representing a 37%
decrease  from $15.8  million for 1997.  Operating  expenses as a percentage  of
sales were 54% in 1998 as  compared  to 51% in 1997.  The  selling,  general and
administrative  expenses  increase as a percentage  of sales to 45% in 1998 from
39% in 1997 was attributable to a $1.0 million restructuring charge in 1998.

Total  operating  expenses for 1997 increased to $15.8 million,  representing an
18% increase from $13.3 million for 1996.  Operating expenses as a percentage of
sales were 51% in 1997 as  compared  to 40% in 1996.  The  selling,  general and
administrative  expenses  increased as a percentage of sales to 39% in 1997 from
31% in 1996.

Selling,  general and  administrative  costs for 1998  decreased $3.9 million to
$8.3  million,  or 32%,  from $12.2  million in 1997.  The  decrease in selling,
general  and  administrative   expenses  was  primarily   attributable  to  cost
reductions  initiated  in the January  1998  restructuring  program and the 1997
write-off of the remaining  value of the goodwill of $2.3 million related to the
Company's London operation.

Selling, general and administrative costs for 1997 increased $2 million to $12.2
million,  or 20%, from $10.2 million in 1996.  The increase in selling,  general
and administrative expense was primarily attributable to the Company writing off
the  remaining  value of the goodwill of $2.3 million  related to the  Company's
London operation.

Research  and  development  expenses  for 1998 of $1.7  million  decreased  $1.9
million, or 52% from $3.6 million in 1997. Research and development  expenses as
a percentage  of sales  decreased to 9% in 1998 as compared to 11% in 1997.  The
decrease is primarily due to the  maturation of the  Company's  current  product
line and the suspension of development of a new generation product line.

Research  and  development  expenses  for  1997 of $3.6  million  increased  $.5
million, or 15%, from $3.1 million in 1996. Research and development expenses as
a percentage  of sales  increased to 11% in 1997 as compared to 9% in 1996.  The
increase was primarily due to prototype  and  development  expenses for specific
customer contracts.

Other Income and Expense

Interest  expense was $195,000 for 1998 and $80,000 in 1997, which was primarily
due to the debt incurred related to the credit facility  obtained by the Company
in May 1997. No interest expense was reported in 1996.
<PAGE>
Provision for Income Taxes

The Company  accounts for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting  Standards No. 109 ("SFAS 109")  "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under
SFAS 109, the deferred tax provision is determined  under the liability  method.
Under this method,  deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized  based on
differences between the financial statement carrying amount and the tax basis of
assets and  liabilities  using  presently  enacted tax rates.  During 1996,  the
Company  reduced the  deferred  tax asset and  valuation  allowance by $208,000.
During  1997,  the  Company  increased  the  deferred  tax asset  and  valuation
allowance by $3,105,000  and $3,805,000  respectively.  During 1998, the Company
increased both the deferred tax asset and valuation allowance by $2,786,000. The
total  valuation  allowance  as of October 31, 1998 of  $11,409,000  reduces the
deferred tax asset to zero. The Company's 1998, 1997, and 1996 tax provisions of
$0,  $700,000,  and $5,000,  reflect  effective tax rates of 0%, (9)%,  and 16%,
respectively.

Net Income (Loss) Per Basic and Diluted Common Share

For 1998,  the Company  recorded a net loss of $4.4 million or ($.81) per share,
as compared to a net loss of $8.5 million or ($1.58) per share in 1997. The loss
was primarily  attributable  to reduction in the overall sales level,  partially
offset by a reduction in operating expenses.

For 1997, the Company  recorded a net loss of $8.5 million or ($1.58) per share,
as  compared  to net income of  $27,000 or $.01 per share in 1996.  The loss was
primarily  attributable  to the  write-off of goodwill  related to the Company's
London  operation,   the  write-down  of  spare  and  prototype  inventory,  the
write-down of the Company's deferred tax asset, and a reduction in the Company's
gross profit margin.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company's  cash at October 31, 1998  increased $.6 million,  to $.9 million,
compared to the $.3 million  balance  reported  at October  31,  1997.  Accounts
receivable  decreased $5.3 million, to $2.8 million in 1998 from $8.1 million in
1997 primarily due to retainage due on a large  customer  contract as of October
31,  1997,  increased  collection  efforts,  and a decline in the demand for the
Company's  products.  Short-term  debt decreased $1.5 million,  and  inventories
decreased $.5 million.

The  Company's  cash at October 31, 1997  declined $2 million,  to $.3  million,
compared  to the  balances  reported at October 31,  1996.  Accounts  receivable
increased  $1.4  million,  to $8.1  million  in 1997 from $6.7  million  in 1996
primarily  due to retainage  due on a large  customer  contract.  Other  current
liabilities (excluding short-term debt) decreased $2.1 million. Offsetting these
items,  short-term  debt  increased  $2.9 million and inventory  decreased  $3.1
million.

The  Company's  working  capital was $1.4 million as of October 31, 1998, a $3.8
million  decrease  from $5.2  million as of October 31, 1997.  The  reduction in
working  capital as of October 31,  1998 was  primarily  attributable  to losses
incurred by the Company.

The  Company's  working  capital was $5.2 million as of October 31, 1997, a $5.4
million  decrease  from $10.6  million as of October 31, 1996.  The reduction in
working  capital  as of  October  31,  1997 was  primarily  attributable  to the
increase  in  short-term  debt  and  decreases  in  inventory  and cash and cash
equivalents.  Working  capital was $10.6  million as of October 31,  1996,  a $1
million increase from $9.6 million as of October 31, 1995.
<PAGE>
   
The  Company's  losses  for 1998 and 1997 have had a  substantial  impact on its
working capital and liquidity. On May 28, 1997 the Company entered into a Credit
Agreement (the "Credit Agreement") with National Bank of Canada, New York Branch
(the "Bank") which expires on May 28, 2000. The Credit  Agreement  provides a $2
million credit facility to V Band Corporation  secured by  substantially  all of
the assets of the  Company  and its  domestic  subsidiaries.  As a result of the
Company's  results of  operations  in the past,  the Bank amended the  financial
covenants of the Credit Agreement.  The Company's  operations are dependent upon
the continued availability of funding under the Credit agreement.  The continued
availability of funding under the Credit  Agreement is dependent,  in turn, upon
the Company's  ability to satisfy the amended  financial  covenants set forth in
the Credit  Agreement.  The amended  financial  covenants  require,  among other
things,  an improvement in the Company's results of operations during the second
fiscal  quarter of 1999 and a return to  profitability  commencing  in the third
fiscal  quarter of 1999.  There is no assurance that the Company will be able to
satisfy these requirements.
    
The Company  has no  significant  commitments  for  capital  expenditures  as of
October 31, 1998.

Year 2000

The Company utilizes software and related  technologies  throughout its business
that may be affected by the date change in the year 2000. Systems  modifications
or replacement  are underway which are expected to make all computer  systems at
the Company compliant with the year 2000 requirement.  A committee consisting of
key employees from the engineering,  IT, production,  and finance and management
functions established procedures for testing all Company products,  software and
vendors for year 2000 compliance.  To date, major product lines have been tested
and found to be year 2000 compatible.  Vendors have been formally  contacted and
asked to certify that year 2000 issues will not interfere with delivery of goods
or  services.  A  contingency  plan will be  finalized  after the results of all
testing and vendor responses are received.  The Company's  financial software is
supported by an independent firm which licenses its products and services to the
Company.  Although  the  vendor  has  certified  that  its  applications  are in
compliance with the year 2000 requirements, full testing coupled with a visit to
the vendor's  facility  are planned  during the second  quarter of 1999.  In the
event major problems are  discovered,  the Company expects that new software can
be installed and tested during the year.

All applicable  testing for year 2000  compliance is scheduled for completion by
June 30, 1999,  which the Company believes will leave sufficient time to resolve
any problems that might be discovered.  As most costs are  associated  with time
spent by employees or vendors, the Company expects to incur less than $50,000 of
costs for year 2000 compliance issues.

Although  there can be no assurance that the Company,  its vendors,  third party
providers  of goods and  services  (utilities,  telecommunications  etc.) or the
Company's customers will not discover year 2000 compliance problems, the Company
is currently  unaware of any that would have an adverse affect on its operations
and  financial  conditions.  Failure by the Company to identify  and correct any
year 2000 issues on a timely  basis  could  result in lost  revenues,  increased
operating  expenditures,  loss of  customers  coupled  with  related  litigation
expenses and a business interruption, any of which could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's financial condition.

A contingency plan will be finalized after the results of all testing and vendor
responses are received.
<PAGE>
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Although  the  Company  currently  invoices  its  customers  in US dollars or UK
pounds,  exchange rates for these and other local  currencies in countries where
the  Company  may  operate in the future may  fluctuate  in  relation  to the US
dollar.  Such fluctuations may have an adverse effect on the Company's  earnings
or assets when local  currencies are exchanged for US Dollars.  Any weakening of
the value of such local  currency  against the US dollar  could  result in lower
revenues  and earnings for the  Company.  To date,  gains and losses  related to
foreign currency  transactions  and foreign  currency  translation have not been
material for the Company.  Included in the Company's  consolidated balance sheet
at October 31, 1998 are net assets of the Company's United Kingdom subsidiary of
$816,000.



Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The response to this item is incorporated by reference to pages F-1 through F-12
and S-1 herein.

Item  9.  Changes  in and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and
          Financial Disclosure

None.
<PAGE>
                                    PART III

Item 10.      Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name                                          Age              Office Held
- ----                                          ---              -----------
<S>                                           <C>     <C>                                 
Thomas E. Feil (1)                            57      Chief Executive Officer, Director
Thomas Hughes                                 39      President, Chief Operating Officer
Marc Teichman                                 57      Vice President - HR and Administration
Nicholas Nestora                              48      Vice President - Sales and Operations
Luke P. La Valle, Jr. (2)(3)                  56      Director
Thomas H. Lenagh (2)                          74      Director
Brian S. North (1)                            47      Director
Robert O. Riiska                              37      Chief Financial Officer
A. Eugene Sapp, Jr. (1)                       62      Director
J. Stephen Vanderwoude (2)(3)                 55      Chairman, Director
</TABLE>

(1)  Member of stock option committee.
(2)  Member of audit committee.
(3)  Member of compensation committee.


There is no family relationship among any of the directors or executive officers
of the Company. Information with respect to the directors and executive officers
of the Company, based upon information furnished by them, is set forth below.

Thomas E. Feil served as  Chairman of the Company  from April 1985 to June 1998,
as a Director since its inception and as Chief Executive Officer from April 1985
to August 1988 and from August 1993 to  present.  From the  Company's  inception
until April 1985, Mr. Feil was President of the Company.

Thomas Hughes was appointed President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company
in May 1997. He has been the Chief  Operating  Officer of the company since 1995
and was its Vice President of Marketing and Product  Planning from 1993 to 1995.
Mr.  Hughes  began his career with the Company in 1988 as a Staff  Engineer  and
held various engineering management positions of increasing responsibility until
his appointment as Vice President.  Prior to joining the Company, he worked as a
researcher  at CBS  Laboratories'  Technology  Center and a Systems  Engineer at
United Technologies.

Robert O. Riiska was appointed Chief  Financial  Officer in May 1998. Mr. Riiska
is employed by Morris-Anderson & Associates,  Ltd., a management consulting firm
retained by the Company in April 1998.

Marc Teichman was appointed Vice President of HR and Administration in May 1998.
Mr. Teichman joined V Band in August 1996 as Director of Human Resources.  Prior
to joining V Band,  Mr.  Teichman was Vice  President  and Senior  Consultant at
Guidelines  Management  Consultants.  Prior to his employment at Guidelines,  he
served as Vice  President  of Human  Resources  for Cunard  Line and The Chas P.
Young Company,  a financial  printer.  Mr.  Teichman also held various  director
level human resource positions with Hilt AG and The Hertz Corporation, where his
last position was as Director of Personnel for Hertz Rent-A-Car.
<PAGE>
Nicholas Nestora was appointed Vice President, Sales and Operations of V Band in
May 1998. Previously,  Mr. Nestora served the Company as Vice President of Field
Operations  from 1997 to 1998.  Prior to  joining  V Band,  he was  Director  of
Operations at BT (British Telecom) North America, from 1989 to 1997.

Luke P. La Valle,  Jr. has served as a Director of the Company  since June 1992.
Since 1980,  Mr. La Valle has been  President  and Chief  Investment  Officer of
American Capital Management,  Inc., a New York City based investment  management
firm for  individuals,  trusts,  pension and profit sharing  accounts.  Prior to
forming American Capital Management, Inc., Mr. La Valle worked for United States
Trust Company of New York for 13 years  specializing in small company  investing
in the Pension and Institutional Investment Division.

Thomas H. Lenagh has served as a Director of the  Company  since June 1993.  Mr.
Lenagh has served as an independent financial consultant for the last six years.
He was formerly Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Greiner Engineering from
1984 to 1986.  Prior to that he was Financial Vice President of Aspen  Institute
until 1984.  Previously,  he was  Treasurer  and  Portfolio  Manager of the Ford
Foundation.  Mr. Lenagh is a retired Captain of the United States Naval Reserve.
Mr.  Lenagh is also a  Director  of CML,  Inc.,  Gintel  Funds,  Adams  Express,
Clemente Growth Fund, ICN Pharmaceuticals,  Inc., Irvine Sensors Corporation and
Franklin Quest.

Brian S. North has served as a Director of the Company since September 1988. Mr.
North  is an  attorney  with  the law firm of  Buchanan  Ingersoll  Professional
Corporation in  Philadelphia.  From 1995 to 1997 he practiced law with White and
Williams.  From  1987 to  1994,  he was a  member  of the law  firm of  Elliott,
Reihner,  Siedzikowski,  North & Egan, P.C. and predecessor law firms. From 1980
to 1987, he was Senior Corporate Counsel of Sun Company, Inc.

A. Eugene Sapp,  Jr. has served as a Director of the Company  since August 1994.
Mr. Sapp,  employed by SCI Systems  since 1962,  has been its  President,  Chief
Operating Officer and Director since 1981. Mr. Sapp also serves as a Director of
Irvine Sensors Corp.,  Computer Products,  Inc. of Boca Raton, Florida, and CMS,
Inc. of Tampa, Florida.

J. Stephen  Vanderwoude has served as Director of the Company since May 1994 and
as Chairman  since June 1998. Mr.  Vanderwoude  is currently  Chairman and Chief
Executive  Officer of Madison  River  Telephone  Company LLC. He was  President,
Chief Executive Officer and Director for Video Lottery  Technologies in Atlanta,
Georgia  from  1994 to 1995.  Prior  to that,  he was the  President  and  Chief
Operating Officer of Sprint Corporation's Local Telecommunication Division until
September 1993.  Prior to the merger of Sprint and Centel  corporations in March
1993, Mr.  Vanderwoude was President and a Director of Centel  Corporation  from
1988 and held various executive and management positions with Centel since 1971.
Mr. Vanderwoude is a Director of First Midwest, a bank holding company.

Each officer is elected by and serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.
Directors  are elected  annually by the  shareholders,  except when the Board of
Directors  may elect a director  to fill a vacancy on the Board.  The  executive
officers of the Company are elected annually by the Board of Directors.
<PAGE>
The Board of Directors has three standing  committees:  Stock Option,  Executive
Compensation  and Audit  Committees.  The Stock Option  Committee  exercises the
responsibilities  of the Board in granting options under and  administering  the
Company's 1982  Incentive  Stock Option Plan and its 1984 Stock Option Plan. The
Executive  Compensation  Committee's principal functions are to recommend to the
Board of Directors the compensation  arrangements for the executive  officers of
the  Company.  The Audit  Committee's  principal  functions  are to review  with
internal financial staff and the Company's  independent  public accountant,  the
Company's   reporting  process  and  internal  controls  and  to  recommend  the
selection,  retention or termination of the independent public accountants.  The
Company has entered into Indemnity Agreements with each of its directors and its
officers, pursuant to which the Company is obligated to reimburse or pay certain
expenses  incurred  by its  directors  and  officers  arising out of claims made
against them in connection with their services to the Company.


Item 11.      Executive Compensation

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

The following  table sets forth  information  for each of the fiscal years ended
October 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996  concerning the  compensation  of the Company's
Chairman and Chief Executive  Officer and each of its other  executive  officers
whose salary and bonus for fiscal 1998 exceeded $100,000:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               Long-term
                                                       Annual Compensation                 Compensation (1)
                                       ------------------------------------------------     ----------------
                                                                                              Securities
Name/                                                                     Other Annual        Underlying        All Other
Principal Position                     Year     Salary        Bonus       Compensation        Options (#)     Compensation (2)
- ------------------                     ----     ------        -----       ------------        ----------      --------------
<S>                                    <C>     <C>         <C>                 <C>                <C>         <C>        
Thomas E. Feil, (3)                    1998    $200,000    $        -          $     -                -       $       100  
Chief Executive                        1997     200,000             -                -                -             1,627
Officer and Director                   1996     200,000             -                -                -             2,000
                                                                     
Thomas Hughes, (4)                     1998     150,000             -            6,000                -             1,500
President-                             1997     150,000             -            4,000           30,000             1,570
Chief Operating Officer                1996     150,000         2,000                -           90,000             1,500

Nicholas Nestora                       1998     132,000             -            6,000           40,000             1,320 
Vice President-
Sales and Operations
</TABLE>
- -----------------
(1)  Other  than the  Company's  401(k)  Plan and its  stock  option  and  stock
     purchase plans, the Company does not have any long-term incentive plans and
     does not grant restricted stock awards.
(2)  Includes amounts contributed by the Company under the Company's 401(k) Plan
     during   the  fiscal   year  and  any   additional   discretionary   annual
     contributions related to the prior fiscal year.
(3)  Mr. Feil waived the receipt of $143,000 of his  compensation  during fiscal
     year 1998.
(4)  Mr. Hughes is a party to an agreement  with the Company which  entitles him
     to receive  approximately one year's  compensation should there be a change
     of control of the Company  during the term of his  employment or within six
     months thereafter.
<PAGE>
STOCK OPTIONS

The  following  tables  summarize  option  grants  during the fiscal  year ended
October 31, 1998 to the named officers and the value of the options held by such
persons at the end of such fiscal year. None of the named officers exercised any
stock options  during the fiscal year ended  October 31, 1998.  The Company does
not maintain any pension plans or any supplementary pension award plans.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Option Grants in Fiscal 1998
                                                                                                    Potential Realizable Value
                                                                                                    at Assumed Annual Rates of
                                                                                                    Stock Price Appreciation
                                                  Individual Grants                                      for Option Term
                        -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Percentage of                                                               
                            Number of         Total Options                                                               
                            Securities         Granted to                                                                 
                            Underlying        Employees in        Exercise Price      Expiration                             
  Name                  Options Granted      Fiscal Year          (per share)           Date             5%              10% 
  ----                  ---------------      -----------          -----------           ----            -------        ------
 <S>                          <C>                 <C>               <C>    <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>   
Marc Teichman                40,000               8.6%              $.25 - .50           2008           $ 1,212        $4,822
Nicholas Nestora             40,000               8.6%              $.25 - .50           2008           $   808        $3,572
</TABLE>


Aggregate Option Exercises in Fiscal 1998 and Fiscal Year-end Option Value
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        Value of Unexercised In-the
                                                     Number of Unexercised Options           Money Options at
                                                               at FY-End                          FY-End
                                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Shares
                         Acquired on      Value
Name                      Exercise      Realized     Exercisable    Unexercisable     Exercisable     Unexercisable
- ----                      --------      --------     -----------    -------------     -----------     -------------
<S>                          <C>           <C>         <C>                <C>               <C>             <C>
Thomas Hughes                -             -           130,567            15,000            -                -   
Marc Teichman                -             -                 -            40,000            -                -
Nicholas Nestora             -             -                 -            40,000            -                -
</TABLE>
 
During the year ended October 31, 1998,  the Company  reduced the exercise price
of 145,567 of the above options to $.50 per share from original  prices  ranging
from $1.44 to $4.75 per share.
<PAGE>
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Each outside director of the Company is entitled to receive an annual director's
fee of $7,500 plus $500 for each board  meeting  attended  (up to a limit of six
meetings per year), plus deferred cash compensation, payable upon termination of
service as a director,  in an amount equal to $2,000 for each year of service as
a director.  Pursuant to the Company's Stock  Compensation Plan for Non-Employee
Directors,  each  outside  director  may elect to have all or a  portion  of his
compensation  paid by the  Company  by means of the  issuance  of the  Company's
Common Stock in lieu of cash.  Additionally,  each  director is  reimbursed  for
out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred to attend a board meeting and may receive
reasonable  compensation  for  chairing  any  committee  of the  board.  Outside
directors also receive,  upon election or re-election as a director,  a grant of
stock options under the Company's  1984 Stock Option Plan covering  2,000 shares
of the  Company's  Common Stock,  at an exercise  price equal to the fair market
value on the date of grant.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

Messrs. La Valle, and Vanderwoude comprise the Compensation  Committee.  Messrs.
Feil,  North and Sapp  comprise the Stock Option  Committee.  Messrs.  La Valle,
Lenagh and Vanderwoude comprise the Audit Committee.  Mr. Feil is an officer and
employee of the Company,  but is not  eligible to receive  stock  options  while
serving on the Stock Option Committee.
<PAGE>
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

Set forth below is  information  concerning  the stock  ownership of all persons
known by the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the Company's shares of
Common Stock. Each director of the Company,  each executive officer named in the
executive  compensation  table and all directors  and executive  officers of the
Company as a group, as of January 31, 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Number of Shares              Percentage of
                                                                   Beneficially Owned                  Class
                                                                   ------------------                  -----
<S>                                                                       <C>                          <C>  
Thomas E. Feil                                                            1,430,472 (1)                26.4%
3 Westchester Plaza, Elmsford, NY  10523

Thomas Hughes                                                               130,567 (2)                  *
3 Westchester Plaza, Elmsford, NY  10523

Luke P. La Valle, Jr.                                                        12,000 (2)                  *
50 Broad Street, Suite 1609, New York, NY  10004

Thomas H. Lenagh                                                             10,000 (2)                  *
6 Greenwich Office Park, Greenwich, CT 06831

Brian S. North                                                               25,000 (2)                  *
1400 Eleven Penn Center, Philadelphia, PA  19103

A. Eugene Sapp, Jr.                                                           8,000 (2)                  *
2101 West Clinton Ave., Huntsville, AL  35807

J. Stephen Vanderwoude                                                        8,000 (2)                  *
2316 Young Road, Southern Pines, NC  28388

All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons)              1,624,039 (1)                29.9%
</TABLE>
- ------------------- 
* -  less than 1%

(1) Excludes 80,000 shares held in an irrevocable trust for Mr. Feil's daughter,
over which Mr. Feil holds no voting or investment power.

(2) Includes  shares that may be acquired  upon  exercise of options,  which are
currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days, as follows: Mr. Hughes,
130,567  shares;  Mr. LaValle,  12,000 shares;  Mr. Lenagh,  10,000 shares;  Mr.
North, 25,000 shares; Mr. Sapp, 8,000 shares; Mr. Vanderwoude, 8,000 shares; and
all directors and executive officers as a group, 193,567 shares.


Item 13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

During the year ended  October  31,  1998,  the Chief  Executive  Officer of the
Company  waived  $143,000 of his  compensation.  The Company has  recorded  such
amount as compensation expense and a capital contribution.
<PAGE>
                                     Part IV

Item 14.     Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedule, and Reports on Form 8-K

(a) 1. Financial Statements:

                                   Description

Independent Auditors' Report                                             
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of October 31, 1998 and 1997              
Consolidated  Statements of Operations for the Years Ended October       
    31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
Consolidated  Statements  of  Shareholders'  Equity  for the Years       
    Ended October 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended October       
    31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                               



2. Financial Statement Schedule:

VIII Valuation and Qualifying  Accounts S-1 All other schedules not listed above
have been omitted  because the  information  has been otherwise  supplied in the
financial  statements  or the notes thereto or they are not  applicable,  or the
amounts are insignificant or immaterial.

                  (b)      Reports on Form 8-K:

                           None.

                  (c)      Exhibits:

                            3.1    Restated Certificate of Incorporation. (5)
                            3.2    Amended By-Laws. (1)
                            10.1   Lease dated April 22, 1988 between registrant
                                   and URBCO,  Inc.  for  premises at 565 Taxter
                                   Road, Elmsford, New York. (3)
                            10.2   Amended and  Restated  1982  Incentive  Stock
                                   Option Plan, as amended. (10)
                            10.3   1984 Stock Option Plan adopted by  Registrant
                                   on June 27, 1984, as amended. (7)
                            10.4   1986 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as adopted
                                   by Registrant  in December  1985, as amended.
                                   (7)
                            10.5   Rights  Agreement,  dated as of February  20,
                                   1989  between  the  Company  and  Registrar &
                                   Transfer Company, as rights agent. (4)
                            10.6   Letter of  Registrant to Thomas E. Feil dated
                                   August 29, 1989. (1)
                            10.7   Adoption of Non-Standardized  Retirement Plan
                                   and Trust  (401-K)  dated January 1, 1989, as
                                   amended. (5)
                            10.8   Amendment  dated  October 14, 1991 to a lease
                                   dated April 22, 1988  between the Company and
                                   URBCO,  Inc. for premises at 565 Taxter Road,
                                   Elmsford, New York. (7)
<PAGE>
                            10.9   Second Amendment dated February 20, 1992 to a
                                   lease  dated  April  22,  1988   between  the
                                   Company and URBCO,  Inc.  for premises at 565
                                   Taxter Road, Elmsford, New York. (7)
                            10.10  Third Amendment dated May 28, 1993 to a lease
                                   dated April 22, 1988  between the Company and
                                   URBCO,  Inc. for premises at 565 Taxter Road,
                                   Elmsford, New York. (6)
                            10.11  Fourth  Amendment  dated  June  8,  1994 to a
                                   lease  dated  April  22,  1988   between  the
                                   Company and URBCO,  Inc.  for premises at 565
                                   Taxter Road, Elmsford, New York. (6)
                            10.12  Agreement  dated  July 1,  1992  between  the
                                   Company   and    California    Institute   of
                                   Technology. (9)
                            10.13  Share  Acquisition  Agreement  dated July 28,
                                   1994, relating to TR Financial Communications
                                   plc,  together  with Deed of  Covenant of the
                                   same date  between  the  Company  and Mercury
                                   Communications Limited. (8)
                            10.14  Stock   Compensation  Plan  for  Non-Employee
                                   Directors. (10)
                            10.15  Agreement  dated  May 28,  1997  between  the
                                   Company and National Bank of Canada, New York
                                   Branch. (11)
                            10.16  Agreement  dated  June 4,  1998  between  the
                                   Company and National Bank of Canada, New York
                                   Branch. (12)
                            10.17  Fifth  Amendment  dated  March 26,  1998 to a
                                   lease  dated  April  22,  1988   between  the
                                   Company  and  Taxter  Park   Associates,   as
                                   successor  in  interest to URBCO,  Inc.,  for
                                   premises at 565 Taxter  Road,  Elmsford,  New
                                   York. (13)
                            16     Letter   regarding   change   in   certifying
                                   accountant (3)
                            21     Subsidiaries
                            23.1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
                            27     Financial Data Schedules
<PAGE>
                              Footnotes to Exhibits

               1.  Filed as an exhibit to the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form
                   10-K for the year ended  October 31, 1989,  and  incorporated
                   herein by reference.
               2.  Filed as an exhibit to the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form
                   10-K for the year ended  October 31, 1988,  and  incorporated
                   herein by reference.
               3.  Filed as an exhibit to the Company's  Current  Report on Form
                   8-K  filed  March  18,  1994,  and  incorporated   herein  by
                   reference.
               4.  Filed as an exhibit to the Company's  registration  statement
                   on Form 8-A filed February 22, 1989, and incorporated  herein
                   by reference.
               5.  Filed as an exhibit to the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form
                   10-K for the year ended  October 31, 1990,  and  incorporated
                   herein by reference.
               6.  Filed as an exhibit to the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form
                   10-K for the period ended October 31, 1994, and  incorporated
                   herein by reference.
               7.  Filed as an exhibit to the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form
                   10-K for the year ended  October 31, 1992,  and  incorporated
                   herein by reference.
               8.  Filed as an exhibit to the Company's  Current  Report on Form
                   8-K  filed  August  12,  1994,  and  incorporated  herein  by
                   reference.
               9.  Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
                   10-Q for the period ended January 31, 1994, and  incorporated
                   herein by reference.
              10.  Filed as an exhibit to the Company's  registration  statement
                   on Form S-8 filed November 29, 1996, and incorporated  herein
                   by reference.
              11.  Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
                   10-Q for the period  ended July 31,  1997,  and  incorporated
                   herein by reference.
              12.  Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
                   10-Q for the period  ended July 31,  1998,  and  incorporated
                   herein by reference.
              13.  Filed as an exhibit to the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form
                   10-K for the year ended  October 31, 1998,  and  incorporated
                   herein by reference.

<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the  Registrant  has duly  caused  this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized
   
                                      V BAND CORPORATION

Dated:  March 17, 1999          By:  /s/Robert O. Riiska
                                     ------------------- 
                                     Robert O. Riiska, Chief Financial Officer

                                    (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,  that each person whose signature  appears below
constitutes  and  appoints  each of Thomas E. Feil and Robert O. Riiska his true
and lawful  attorney-in-fact  and agent,  with full  power of  substitution  and
resubstitution  for  him  and in his  name,  place  and  stead,  in any  and all
capacities,  to sign any or all  amendments  to this Annual Report on Form 10-K,
and to file  the  same,  with all  exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto
each of said  attorneys-in-fact  and agents full power and  authority  to do and
perform each and every act and thing  requisite  and necessary to be done in and
about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do
in   person,   hereby   ratifying   and   confirming   all  that  each  of  said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.

    
<PAGE>
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the  following  persons on behalf of the  Registrant in
the capacities and on the dates indicated.
   

Signature                                 Title                        Date
- ---------                                 -----                        ----
/s/ Thomas E. Feil          Chief Executive Officer and Director  March 17, 1999
- ------------------          (Principal Executive Officer)
Thomas E. Feil                           


/s/ Thomas Hughes           President and
- -----------------           Chief Operating Officer               March 17, 1999
Thomas Hughes


/s/ Robert O. Riiska
- ---------------------       Chief Financial Officer (Principal    March 17, 1999
Robert O. Riiska            Financial and Accounting Officer)


/s/ Luke P. La Valle, Jr.   Director                              March 17, 1999
- -------------------------  
Luke P. La Valle, Jr.


/s/ Thomas H. Lenagh        Director                              March 17, 1999
- --------------------  
Thomas H. Lenagh


/s/ Brian S. North          Director                              March 17, 1999
- -------------------  
Brian S. North


/s/ A. Eugene Sapp, Jr.     Director                              March 17, 1999
- -----------------------   
A. Eugene Sapp, Jr.


/s/ J. Stephen Vanderwoude  Director                              March 17, 1999
- --------------------------    
J. Stephen Vanderwoude
    
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT





Board of Directors and Stockholders
V Band Corporation

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  V  Band
Corporation  and  subsidiaries  as of October 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related
consolidated statements of operations,  shareholders' equity, and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended  October 31,  1998.  Our audits also
included the financial statement schedule listed at Item 14(a)2. These financial
statements  and  financial  statement  schedule  are the  responsibility  of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management as well as evaluating the overall financial  statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial  statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of V Band Corporation and subsidiaries
as of October 31, 1998 and 1997,  and the results of their  operations and their
cash flows for each of the three years in the period  ended  October 31, 1998 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.  Also, in our opinion,
such  financial  statement  schedule,  when  considered in relation to the basic
consolidated  financial  statements  taken as a whole,  presents  fairly  in all
material respects the information set forth therein.

The accompanying  consolidated  financial statements have been prepared assuming
that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the
consolidated  financial  statements,  the Company has incurred  recurring losses
from  operations.  The Company's  operations  are  dependent  upon the continued
availability  of funding  under its bank  credit  agreement.  These  items raise
substantial  doubt about the Company's  ability to continue as a going  concern.
Management's  plans  concerning  these matters are also described in Note 1. The
accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements do not include any adjustments
that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties.






/s/DELOITTE & TOUCHE  LLP
- -------------------------
DELOITTE & TOUCHE  LLP

Stamford, Connecticut
March 2, 1999
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               V BAND CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                   CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                    OCTOBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
                                  (in 000's, except share data)


                                                                           1998          1997
                                                                        --------       --------

<S>                                                                     <C>            <C>  
      ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash .............................................................      $    915       $    336
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
      accounts of $289 in 1998 and $498 in 1997 ..................         2,813          8,079
Inventories, net .................................................         4,241          4,733
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ........................           313            458
                                                                        --------       --------
                         Total current assets ....................         8,282         13,606
                                                                        --------       --------

Fixed Assets:
Furniture, fixtures, equipment and leasehold improvements ........         7,811          9,539
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization ..................        (7,444)        (8,786)
                                                                        --------       --------
                         Total fixed assets ......................           367            753
                                                                        --------       --------

Other Assets .....................................................           158            193
                                                                        --------       --------

      TOTAL ASSETS ...............................................      $  8,807       $ 14,552
                                                                        ========       ========

      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Short-term debt ..................................................      $  1,425       $  2,943
Accounts payable .................................................         2,434          2,557
Accrued wages ....................................................           842            894
Customer deposits ................................................         1,389            959
Other accrued expenses ...........................................           797          1,102
                                                                        --------       --------

                         Total  current liabilities ..............         6,887          8,455
                                                                        --------       --------

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6)
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               V BAND CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                   CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                    OCTOBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
                                  (in 000's, except share data)


                                                                           1998          1997
                                                                        --------       --------

<S>                                                                     <C>            <C>  
Shareholders' Equity:
Common stock, $.01 par value; authorized 20,000,000 shares;
      issued 7,147,943 shares in 1998 and 7,131,913 shares in 1997            71             71
Capital in excess of par value ...................................        20,016         19,872
Deficit ................... ......................................        (6,639)        (2,270)
Cumulative translation adjustment ................................           240            192
                                                                        --------       --------

                                                                          13,688         17,865

Less  -  Treasury stock, at cost; 1,719,322 shares................       (11,768)       (11,768)
                                                                        --------       --------
                                                                        
                         Total shareholders' equity...............         1,920          6,097
                                                                        --------       --------

      TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY..................      $  8,807      $  14,552
                                                                        ========      ========= 

</TABLE>
                           See notes to consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              V BAND CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                      FOR THE YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
                               (in 000's, except per share data)

   

                                                           1998          1997          1996
                                                         --------      --------      --------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>     
Sales
       Equipment ...................................     $ 12,415      $ 25,413      $ 27,703
       Service .....................................        6,158         5,668         5,183
                                                         --------      --------      --------
            Total sales ............................       18,573        31,081        32,886
                                                         --------      --------      --------

Cost of Sales
       Equipment ...................................        8,566        18,748        16,404
       Service .....................................        4,172         4,350         3,224
                                                         --------      --------      --------
            Total cost of sales ....................       12,738        23,098        19,628
                                                         --------      --------      --------

            Gross profit ...........................        5,835         7,983        13,258
                                                         --------      --------      --------

Operating Expenses
       Selling, general and administrative .........        8,287        12,188        10,189
       Research and development ....................        1,708         3,573         3,118
                                                         --------      --------      --------
            Total operating expenses ...............        9,995        15,761        13,307
                                                         --------      --------      --------

            Operating  loss ........................       (4,160)       (7,778)          (49)

Interest Expense ...................................         (195)          (80)
Other Income (Expense) .............................          (14)           46            81
                                                         --------      --------      --------
            Income (loss) before income taxes ......       (4,369)       (7,812)           32

Provision for Income Taxes .........................                        700             5
                                                         --------      --------      --------

            Net income (loss) ......................     $ (4,369)     $ (8,512)     $     27
                                                         ========      ========      ========

Net income (loss) per basic and diluted common share     $   (.81)     $  (1.58)     $    .01
                                                         ========      ========      ========

Weighted average number of basic and diluted
    common shares outstanding ......................        5,423         5,372         5,323
                                                         ========      ========      ========
</TABLE>
     See notes to consolidated financial statements
    
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         V BAND CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
                                                      (in 000's)

    
                                                                  Capital in     Retained     Cumulative
                                                       Common     Excess of Par   Earnings    Translation   Treasury
                                                        Stock         Value       (Deficit)    Adjustment     Stock
                                                      --------      --------     --------      --------     --------
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>      
Balance, November 1, 1995 .......................     $     70      $ 19,776     $  6,215      $    105     $(11,768)

Net income ......................................                                      27
Translation adjustment ..........................                                                    63
                                                      --------      --------     --------      --------     --------

Balance, October 31, 1996 .......................           70        19,776        6,242           168      (11,768)

Proceeds from employee
   stock purchase plan ..........................            1            96
Net loss ........................................                                  (8,512)
Translation adjustment ..........................                                                    24
                                                      --------      --------     --------      --------     --------

Balance, October 31, 1997 .......................           71        19,872       (2,270)          192      (11,768)

Proceeds from employee
   stock purchase plan ..........................                          1
Waiver of Chief Executive Officer's compensation                         143
Net loss ........................................                                  (4,369)
Translation adjustment ..........................                                                    48
                                                      --------      --------     --------      --------     --------

Balance, October 31, 1998 .......................     $     71      $ 20,016     $ (6,639)     $    240     $(11,768)
                                                      ========      ========     ========      ========     ========

</TABLE>
    
                 See notes to consolidated financial statements
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         V BAND CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                FOR THE YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1998 AND 1997 and 1996
                                                      (in 000's)

                                                                                 1998           1997           1996
                                                                               --------       --------       --------
<S>                                                                           <C>            <C>            <C>     
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
    Net income (loss) ..................................................      $ (4,369)      $ (8,512)      $     27
    Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
       cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
       Depreciation ....................................................           443            566            742
       Amortization and write-off of other assets ......................            49          2,598            458
       Provision  (benefit) for doubtful accounts ......................           142            117            (53)
       Provision for inventory reserves ................................           334            473
       Deferred income taxes ...........................................                          700
       Waiver of Chief Executive  Officer's  compensation ..............           143
     Changes in assets
       and liabilities:
           Accounts receivable .........................................         5,124         (1,459)        (1,901)
           Inventories .................................................           158          2,592           (202)
           Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...................           145            222           (250)
           Other assets ................................................           (14)            74             (9)
           Accounts payable and other current liabilities ..............           (49)        (2,043)           740
           Foreign currency translation adjustment .....................            48             24             63
                                                                               --------       --------       --------
               Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities .....         2,154         (4,648)          (385)
                                                                              --------       --------       --------

Cash Flows from Investing Activities
    Sales of marketable securities .....................................                                         187
    Capital expenditures ...............................................           (57)          (209)          (284)
                                                                              --------       --------       --------
               Net cash used in investing activities ...................           (57)          (209)           (97)
                                                                              --------       --------       --------

Cash Flows from Financing Activities
    Debt issuance costs ................................................                         (105)
    Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan .........................             1             97
    Proceeds from short-term debt ......................................        17,321          9,007
    Payments of short-term debt ........................................       (18,840)        (6,064)
                                                                              --------       --------       --------
               Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities .....        (1,518)         2,935           --
                                                                               --------       --------      --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash ........................................           579         (1,922)          (482)
                                                                                                            --------
Cash at beginning of year ..............................................           336          2,258          2,740
                                                                              --------       --------       --------
Cash at end of year ....................................................      $    915       $    336       $  2,258
                                                                              ========       ========       ========
Supplementary Disclosures
    Income taxes paid ..................................................      $   --         $    384       $     65
                                                                              ========       ========       ========
    Interest paid ......................................................      $    195       $     61       $   --
                                                                              ========       ========       ========
</TABLE>
                 See notes to consolidated financial statements
<PAGE>
                       V BAND CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1:  The Company and basis of presentation

V Band Corporation and its wholly-owned  subsidiaries  (the "Company")  designs,
manufactures,   sells,  installs  and  services  specialized  telephone  systems
consisting of sophisticated  telephone  consoles and supporting common equipment
for switching and access to telephone network facilities. These systems are sold
primarily  to  financial  services  firms for use by traders in the  trading and
dealing of stocks,  bonds,  commodities  and other  financial  instruments.  The
Company  also  designs,   manufactures  and  distributes  a  family  of  digital
communications  multiplexers  specifically  designed for the "mission  critical"
communications of the electric power industry. Other markets include command and
control  applications  for  "right-of-way"   companies  such  as  utilities  and
transportation companies, and emergency service organizations.

The accompanying  consolidated  financial statements have been prepared assuming
that the Company will  continue as a going  concern.  The  Company's  ability to
continue as a going concern is uncertain based on the matters  discussed  below.
The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to
the  recoverability  and  classification of assets or the amounts of liabilities
that might be  necessary  should the  Company be unable to  continue  as a going
concern.  The Company's  continuation  as a going concern is dependent  upon the
Company's ability to return to profitablity and to maintain  compliance with its
amended bank covenants.
   
The Company has incurred  recurring losses from  operations.  As a result of the
Company's results of operations, the bank amended the financial covenants of the
Credit Agreement (see Note 5).The amended  financial  covenants  require,  among
other things,  an improvement in the Company's  results of operations during the
second fiscal  quarter of 1999 and a return to  profitability  commencing in the
third fiscal  quarter of 1999.  The Company's  operations are dependent upon the
continued  availability  of funding  under the Credit  Agreement.  The continued
availability of funding under the Credit  Agreement is dependent,  in turn, upon
the Company's  ability to satisfy the amended  financial  covenants set forth in
the Credit Agreement and upon the ability of the Company to generate  sufficient
revenue and results  from  operations  to support such  funding.  The Company is
presently seeking additional sales orders in order to improve the results of its
operations.  There is no assurance  that the Company will be able to improve the
results of its operations to satisfy the amended financial covenants.
    
Note 2:  Significant accounting policies

Consolidation

The accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include the accounts of V
Band Corporation and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and
transactions have been eliminated.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by the
first-in, first-out method.

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and leasehold improvements

Furniture,  fixtures,  equipment and leasehold improvements are carried at cost.
Depreciation  is computed using the  straight-line  method over 3-10 years,  the
estimated useful lives of the assets.  Leasehold improvements are amortized over
the lesser of the term of the related lease or the estimated useful lives of the
improvements.
<PAGE>
Revenue recognition

Equipment  revenue,  for new system  installations and modifications to existing
systems at customer  locations,  is  recognized  as the product is shipped.  For
long-term    contracts,    equipment    revenue   is   recognized    under   the
percentage-of-completion  method.  Service revenue,  which includes  maintenance
contract revenue and repairs, is recognized when the service has been completed.

Income taxes

Deferred  income taxes are provided for the  temporary  differences  between the
financial  reporting basis and the income tax basis of the Company's  assets and
liabilities using presently enacted tax rates.

Income (loss) per share

During 1998, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
128 ("SFAS 128"),  "Earnings Per Share".  SFAS 128 replaces the  presentation of
primary  earnings per share with a presentation  of basic earnings per share. It
also requires dual  presentation of basic and diluted  earnings per share on the
face of the statement of operations.  Diluted  earnings per share is computed by
dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares  outstanding
and dilutive common equivalent shares (common stock options) outstanding.

Foreign currency translation

For  translation of the financial  statements of its United Kingdom  operations,
the Company has determined  that the local currency is the functional  currency.
Assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated at year-end exchange
rates and income statement accounts are translated at average exchange rates for
the  year.  The  resulting  translation  adjustments  are made  directly  to the
Cumulative  Translation  Adjustment component of Shareholders'  Equity.  Foreign
currency  transactions  are  recorded at the  exchange  rate  prevailing  at the
transaction date.

Management estimates

The preparation of financial  statements,  in conformity with generally accepted
accounting  principles,  requires  management to make estimates and  assumptions
that affect the reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and  disclosure of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the  reported  amounts of revenues and  expenses  during the  reported  periods.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Impact of recently issued accounting standards

In June 1997,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (the "FASB")  issued
Statement  No.  130,  Reporting  Comprehensive  Income and  Statement  No.  131,
Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information.  The Company
is in the process of  evaluating  the new  statements,  which are  effective for
Fiscal 1999. The adoption of these statements is not expected to have a material
effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Disclosure about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying value of the Company's credit  facilities  approximates  fair value
and is  estimated  based on the  quoted  market  prices  for the same or similar
issues or on the  current  rates  offered  to the  Company  for debt of the same
remaining maturities.
<PAGE>
Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of
credit risk  consist  principally  of trade  receivables.  The Company  performs
ongoing credit evaluations of its customers'  financial conditions and generally
does not require collateral.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Impairment  losses are recorded on  long-lived  assets used in  operations  when
indicators of impairment are present and the anticipated  undiscounted operating
cash flows generated by these assets are less than the assets' carrying value.

Note 3:  Inventories

Inventories are as follows, at October 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1998                 1997
                                               -----------          -----------
<S>                                            <C>                  <C>        
Finished goods .......................         $ 3,812,000          $ 3,374,000
Parts and components .................           3,339,000            3,935,000
                                               -----------          -----------
                                                 7,151,000            7,309,000
Less:  Inventory reserves ............          (2,910,000)          (2,576,000)
                                               -----------          -----------

                                               $ 4,241,000          $ 4,733,000
                                               ===========          ===========
</TABLE>

Note 4: Other assets

In July 1994,  the Company  acquired all of the issued share  capital of Mercury
Dealing Systems ("MDS"), a subsidiary of Mercury Communications Limited. MDS had
been a distributor  of the Company's  products in the United Kingdom since 1987.
The  aggregate  purchase  price for the  share  capital  of MDS was  $4,634,000,
inclusive of liabilities  assumed.  The  acquisition was accounted for under the
purchase method, whereby the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of
the net assets acquired was $3,389,000,  and was being amortized over a ten-year
period.  During the year ended  October 31, 1997,  the Company  decided that the
future  operations of the MDS business  could not support the carrying  value of
the  goodwill  and  therefore  wrote-off  the  remaining  net book value of $2.3
million to selling, general and administrative expense.

Note 5:  Short-term Debt

In May 1997, the Company  entered into a Credit  Agreement with National Bank of
Canada (the "Credit Agreement"), which expires in May 2000. The Credit Agreement
provided a revolving loan and letter of credit facility of up to $4 million. The
Company's  obligations  under the  Credit  Agreement  are  secured by a security
interest  in  all  of  the  assets  of  V  Band  Corporation  and  its  domestic
subsidiaries. Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Company is restricted
from paying  dividends  if an event of default has  occurred  and is  continuing
thereunder.  Due to the Company's  results of operations  for 1997,  the Company
<PAGE>
failed to satisfy the financial  covenants set forth in the Credit Facility.  On
February  9,  1998,  National  Bank of Canada  waived the  Company's  failure to
satisfy those covenants at October 31, 1997 and amended the covenants for fiscal
year 1998. In addition,  the interest  rate on the  outstanding  borrowings  was
modified  to prime  plus 2 percent  effective  February  1,  1998.  The  amended
financial  covenants were not satisfied for the  three-month  period ended April
30, 1998. On June 4, 1998,  National Bank of Canada waived the Company's failure
to satisfy  those  covenants at April 30, 1998 and amended the covenants for the
remainder  of fiscal year 1998.  The  Company  satisfied  the amended  financial
covenants for the three-month  periods ended July 31, 1998 and October 31, 1998,
but was in violation of a  non-financial  covenant as of October 31, 1998. As of
October 31, 1998, the balance  outstanding was $1,425,000 and the prime rate was
8%. On February  18,  1999,  National  Bank of Canada  waived the  non-financial
covenant  default,  amended the  financial  covenants  for all  periods  through
expiration,  and reduced the revolving loan and letter of credit  facility to $2
million.

Note 6:  Commitments and contingencies
   
(a)  Litigation  In  October  1994,  the  Company  commenced  an action  against
Technical  Telephone  Systems,  Inc.  ("TTSI") in New York State Supreme  Court,
Westchester  County,  for minimum  payments  due to the Company in the amount of
$650,000  under a  distribution  agreement  between  the  Company  and TTSI.  In
November  1994,  TTSI filed a  counterclaim  against  the  Company  denying  all
allegations  stated in the  Company's  complaint  and  alleging a breach of good
faith and fair  dealing by the  Company,  claiming  damages of $1  million.  The
Company has been in discussions  with TTSI and expects that a settlement of this
proceeding  will be  concluded in the near future which will not have a material
impact on the consolidated financial condition of the Company.
    
In June 1998, IEC  Electronics  Corp.  ("IEC  Electronics")  commenced an action
against the Company in New York State Supreme  Court,  Wayne  County,  asserting
claims for the  payment of  $500,000  for  products  delivered  to the  Company,
inventory,  and an  unspecified  amount for incidental  expenses and costs.  The
Company has filed an answer  denying  liability  for the claims and  asserting a
counterclaim against IEC Electronics in an amount in excess of $500,000.

The  Company  is a party to other  legal  proceedings  commenced  against  it by
suppliers  and  former  employees.  The  Company  believes  that  none of  these
proceedings will have a material impact on the consolidated  financial condition
of the Company.
<PAGE>
(b) Operating leases
The Company leases office and  production  space under leases  expiring  through
2005.  Certain of these lease  agreements  provide the option for  renewals  and
include  escalations based on increases in certain costs.  Future minimum annual
rental  payments  under  these  leases  for the years  ended  October  31 are as
follows:


            1999                        $743,000   
            2000                         527,000   
            2001                         448,000   
            2002                         224,000   
            2003                          99,000   
         Thereafter                      165,000   
                                                
The Company has  subleased  one facility and has signed a contract to assign the
lease of another  facility.  Future minimum  payments of $1,300,000  relating to
these facilities are included in the table above.  The Company  anticipates that
the respective sublessee and assignee will actually make such payments.

Rent expense for the years ended 1998, 1997, and 1996 was $606,000, $956,000 and
$1,007,000, respectively.

(c) Employment arrangements
In December 1998, the Company  entered into  employment  agreements with certain
officers and employees  that provide for  compensation  and other  benefits upon
change of control of the Company.  The aggregate  compensation  to be paid under
these  agreements  is  $365,000,  and  such  future  compensation  has not  been
reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Agreements with
aggregate compensation totaling $215,000 have an expiration date of December 31,
1999,  while an agreement with  compensation to be paid of $150,000 is in effect
during the term of the officer's employment and six months thereafter.

During the year ended  October  31,  1998,  the Chief  Executive  Officer of the
Company  waived  $143,000 of his  compensation.  The Company has  recorded  such
amount as compensation expense and a capital contribution.

(d) Accounts payable

During the year ended October 31, 1998,  the Company  entered into  arrangements
with several  vendors  whereby each vendor agreed that the Company could satisfy
all or a portion of its existing accounts payable balance by remitting  periodic
payments  generally  throughout fiscal year 1999.  Certain of these arrangements
contain provisions for the payment of interest.

Note 7:  Stock options

The Company has stock option plans that provide for the granting of options,  at
fair market value,  to certain key  employees  and  directors to acquire  common
stock of the  Company.  During the year ended  October  31,  1998,  the  Company
reduced the exercise  price of 145,567  options to $.50 per share from  original
prices ranging from $1.44 to $4.75 per share.  Such repricing has been reflected
below.
<PAGE>
The following is a summary of stock option  transactions  for the three years in
the period ended October 31, 1998:
 
                                                Shares           Exercise Prices
                                                ------           ---------------
 Shares under option - November 1, 1995 .....  687,194      $   .50  to   $ 6.88
    Options granted ........................   358,700          .50  to     2.63
    Options cancelled ......................  (169,637)        1.88  to     6.88
                                              --------                     
Shares under option - October 31, 1996 .....   876,257          .50  to     6.00
    Options granted ........................   180,000          .50  to     1.75
    Options cancelled ......................  (117,506)        1.44  to     5.00
                                              --------                     
Shares under option - October 31, 1997 .....   938,751          .50  to     6.00
      Options granted ......................   462,933          .25  to      .75
      Options cancelled ....................                    .25  to     6.00
                                              (407,316)
                                              --------
Shares under option -October 31, 1998 ......   994,368          .25  to     6.00
                                              ========
Options exercisable at:
      October 31, 1997 .....................   648,151      $   .50  to   $ 6.00
                                              ========
      October 31, 1998 .....................   663,435          .25  to     6.00
                                              ========
 

The following table summarizes  information  about stock options  outstanding at
October 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Options Granted                       Options Exercisable
                                 -------------------------------------------     ---------------------------
                                                    Weighted     Weighted                        Weighted
    Year         Range of             Number        Average       Average            Number       Average
     of          Exercise          Outstanding     Remaining     Exercise         Exercisable    Exercise
   Grant          Prices            10/31/98      Life (Years)     Price           10/31/98        Price
- -----------------------------    -------------------------------------------     ---------------------------

<S>           <C>                    <C>             <C>         <C>                 <C>            <C>        
    1989      $5.75 - $5.75            20,000          .92       $ 5.75               20,000        $ 5.75     
    1990         .50 - 4.00            31,202         1.74         3.12               31,202          3.12     
    1991         .50 - 3.88            70,633         2.70         3.50               70,633          3.50     
    1992         .50 - 6.00            79,350         3.71         4.75               79,350          4.75     
    1993       3.88 - 5.50             10,000         4.53         4.08               10,000          4.08     
    1994         .50 - 5.13            81,234         5.18         4.45               81,234          4.45     
    1995         .50 - 5.00            71,666         6.35         2.74               71,666          2.74     
    1996         .50 - 2.63           239,850         7.39         1.44              239,850          1.44     
    1997         .50 - 1.75            86,500         8.43         1.16               59,500          1.27     
    1998        .25 - .75             303,933         9.37          .47                    -          -        
                                      =======         ====        =====              =======         =====     
                                      994,368         6.87       $ 2.04              663,435        $ 2.80     
                                      =======         ====       ======              =======        ======     
                                                                                    
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
All stock options become exercisable upon a change of control, as defined.

The estimated fair value of options granted during 1998, 1997, and 1996 was $.33
per share,  $1.75 per  share,  and $1.88 per share,  respectively.  The  Company
applies Accounting  Principles Board Opinion No. 25 and related  interpretations
in accounting for its stock option and purchase plans. No compensation  cost has
been  recognized  for the Company's  fixed stock option plans and stock purchase
plan.  Had  compensation  costs for the  Company's  stock option plans and stock
purchase plan been determined based on the fair value, at the option grant dates
for awards,  in  accordance  with the  accounting  provisions  of  Statement  of
Financial  Accounting Standards No. 123 ("SFAS 123") "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation",  the  Company's net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share
for the years ended  October 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996 would have been reduced to
the pro forma amounts indicated in the following table:

Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders:  

                                              1998           1997         1996
                                           --------       --------      ------
         As reported                       $ (4,369)      $ (8,512)     $   27
         Pro forma                           (4,520)        (8,655)       (317)

Net income (loss) per common share and common share equivalent

         As reported                       $   (.81)      $  (1.58)     $  .01
         Pro forma                             (.83)         (1.60)       (.06)



The fair value of options  granted under the Company's  fixed stock option plans
during  1998  was  estimated  on the  dates  of grant  using  the  Black-Scholes
options-pricing  model with the  following  weighted-average  assumptions  used:
dividend  yield of zero,  expected  volatility of  approximately  49%, risk free
interest rate of  approximately  5.5%, and expected lives of option grants of 10
years.  Pro forma  compensation  cost related to shares purchased under the 1995
Incentive Stock Option Plan is measured based on the discount from market value.
The effects of applying SFAS 123 in this pro forma disclosure are not indicative
of future pro forma effects.

Note 8:  Income taxes
The Company  accounts for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109 ("SFAS 109"),  "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under
SFAS 109,  deferred income taxes reflect the tax consequences on future years of
differences  between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial
reporting amounts. The valuation allowance reduces the deferred tax asset to the
amount that management believes will ultimately be realized.

Realization  of the  deferred  tax asset is  dependent  upon  sufficient  future
taxable income during the period that temporary  differences  and  carryforwards
are expected to be available to reduce taxable income.

As  of  October  31,  1998,   the  Company  had  available  net  operating  loss
carryforwards for tax return purposes of approximately $18,322,000 that begin to
expire in 2011.
<PAGE>
The income tax provision (benefit) consists of the following:

                                                1997                 1996
                                              ---------            --------
Current
    Federal .............................                         $
    State and local .....................                             5,000 
                                                                  --------- 
                                                                      5,000    
Deferred                                                          --------- 
    Federal .............................     $ 658,000           
    State and local .....................        42,000
                                              ---------
                                                700,000
                                              ---------          
                                              $ 700,000            $  5,000
                                              =========            ========

The  difference  between the recorded  income tax  provision  (benefit)  and the
income taxes computed by applying the statutory  Federal income tax rate was the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 1998            1997             1996
                                            -----------      -----------      -----------
<S>                                         <C>              <C>              <C>        

U.S. statutory rate applied to pretax
    income (loss) .....................     $(1,478,000)     $(2,657,000)     $    11,000
Dividends received deduction and
    tax-exempt interest
Goodwill amortization .................                          350,000          127,000
State and local taxes, net of federal
    tax benefit .......................                         (385,000)           3,000
Increase (decrease) in valuation
    allowance .........................       1,438,000        3,359,000         (208,000)
Reversal of current liability for taxes
Other, net ............................          40,000           33,000           72,000
                                            -----------      -----------      -----------
                                            $      --        $   700,000      $     5,000
                                            ===========      ===========      ===========

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
The net deferred  income tax asset at October 31, 1998 and 1997  consists of the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Deferred tax assets(liabilities)                           1998              1997
- --------------------------------                       ------------      ------------
<S>                                                   <C>               <C>         
Depreciation ....................................     $    354,000      $    280,000
Amortization ....................................          712,000           624,000
Inventory reserves ..............................        2,266,000         2,237,000
Accrued expenses ................................          114,000           190,000
Bad debt reserve ................................           82,000           169,000
State and local taxes, net of federal tax benefit             --           1,282,000
Net operating loss carry forwards ...............        7,881,000         3,841,000
                                                      ------------      ------------
                                                        11,409,000         8,623,000
Valuation allowance .............................      (11,409,000)       (8,623,000)
                                                      ------------      ------------
                                                      $          -      $          -
                                                      ============      ============
</TABLE>
Note 9:  Segment information

(a) Significant customers

Morgan  Guaranty  Trust  Company  of New York and  affiliates  (including  sales
through  its  vendor,  AT&T  Solutions)  accounted  for  15%,  6% and 10% of the
Company's  sales in 1998,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.  During 1998,  1997 and
1996,  the Chicago Board of Trade and its general  contractor  accounted for 8%,
10% and 21%,  respectively,  of the Company's  sales.  During 1997, The New York
Mercantile Exchange accounted for 16% of the Company's sales.

(b) Foreign sales

In 1998, 1997 and 1996, foreign sales represent 41%, 37% and 29%,  respectively,
of consolidated sales and include the following geographical areas:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                1998                 1997                 1996
                                            -----------          -----------         ------------
<S>                                         <C>                  <C>                 <C>         
Pacific Rim                                 $ 1,500,000          $ 2,600,000         $  1,900,000
Europe (including UK)                         5,300,000            6,300,000            6,900,000
All others                                      900,000            2,500,000              900,000
                                            -----------          -----------         ------------
                                             
                                            $ 7,700,000         $ 11,400,000         $  9,700,000
                                            ===========         ============         ============
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Note 10:  Capital transactions

 (a) Stock rights plan

On February  20, 1989,  the Board of  Directors of the Company  adopted a common
share purchase  rights plan and declared a dividend  distribution  of one common
share purchase right (the "Right") on each of its common shares to  shareholders
of record on March 7, 1989.  Each Right will  entitle the  registered  holder to
purchase  from the  Company one  outstanding  common  share,  par value $.01 per
share,  at a  purchase  price of $45.00  per  share,  subject  to  anti-dilutive
adjustments (the "Purchase Price"). The Rights generally become exercisable if a
person or group  acquires,  or tenders for, 20% or more of the Company's  common
shares.  In such  event,  the holder of a Right will have the right to  receive,
upon  exercise  of the Right at the then  current  Purchase  Price,  a number of
common  shares with a total market value of two times the  Purchase  Price.  The
Rights expired on February 19, 1999.

(b) Employee stock purchase plan

Under the Company's 1986 Stock Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan"), all eligible
employees may authorize payroll  deductions of up to 10% of their base salary to
purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock at 85% of the market price.  There
are no charges or credits to income in  connection  with the Purchase  Plan.  In
January  1999,  the Company  discontinued  the Purchase  Plan for periods  after
December 31, 1998.

Note 11:  Employee 401(K) Savings Plan

The  Company  has  a   tax-deferred   employee   401(k)  savings  plan  covering
substantially  all  employees.  Contributions  by the  Company  are  made at the
Company's  discretion.  Contributions  to the plan in 1998,  1997 and 1996  were
$39,000, $40,000 and $49,000, respectively.

Note 12:  Fourth quarter results

During the fourth  quarter of 1997 the Company  recorded the  following  expense
adjustments:

Inventory reserves and write-offs                                $ 1,300,000
Intangible asset write-off                                         2,300,000
Cost of goods sold                                                   800,000
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance                               700,000
Warranty reserves                                                    200,000
Severance and other                                                  200,000
Allowance for doubtful accounts                                      200,000

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                      Schedule VIII
                                           V BAND CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                            VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1998, 1997, AND 1996


Column A                                Column B           Column C - Additions                 Column D                 Column E
- --------                                --------           --------------------                 --------                 --------
                                                              (1)           (2)
                                       Balance at        Charged to      Charged to                                     Balance at
                                       Beginning of       costs and         other                                         End of
Description                              Period           expenses        accounts            Deductions                  Period
- -----------                              ------           --------        --------            ----------                  ------    
<S>                                 <C>                   <C>             <C>              <C>                       <C>            
Allowance for doubtful accounts                         
      October 31, 1998              $     498,000       $   142,000                        $    351,000 (a)         $        289,000
                                                                                                                                    
      October 31, 1997              $     381,000       $   117,000                                                 $        498,000
                                                                                                                                    
      October 31, 1996              $     456,000       $   (53,000)                       $     22,000 (a)         $        381,000
                                                                                                                                    
Inventory reserve                                               
      October 31, 1998              $   2,576,000       $   334,000                                                 $      2,910,000
                                                                                                                                    
      October 31, 1997              $   2,103,000       $   473,000                                                 $      2,576,000
                                                                                                                                    
      October 31, 1996              $   2,144,000                                          $     41,000 (b)         $      2,103,000
                                                                                                                                    
Warranty reserve                                                                        
      October 31, 1998              $     273,000       $   247,000                        $    386,000 (c)         $        134,000
                                                                                                                                    
      October 31, 1997              $     343,000       $   589,000                        $    659,000 (c)         $        273,000
                                                                                                                                    
      October 31, 1996              $     415,000       $   289,000                        $    361,000 (c)         $        343,000
                                                                                                                                    
Reserve for Notes Receivable                         
      October 31, 1997              $     110,000                                          $    110,000 (d)                         
                                                                                                                                    
      October 31, 1996              $     110,000                                                                   $        110,000
                                                                                                                                    
Valuation allowance for deferred                                                                                                    
income tax asset                                        
      October 31, 1998              $   8,623,000                         $  2,786,000                              $     11,409,000
                                                                                                                                    
      October 31, 1997              $   4,818,000       $   700,000       $  3,105,000                              $      8,623,000
                                                                                                                                    
      October 31, 1996              $   5,026,000                                          $    208,000             $      4,818,000
</TABLE>                                                 
(a) Doubtful accounts written off, net of cash recovered.
(b) Consumption of obsolete or slow moving inventory,  which was reserved for in
    the prior year. 
(c) Warranty labor charges combined with actual cash payments.
(d) Note receivable written off, net of cash received.

                                      S -1

<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT 21

                                  Subsidiaries
                                  ------------




V Band PLC        - organized under the laws of England

Licom, Inc.       - incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware
<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1







                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT


We  consent  to  the   incorporation  by  reference  in  V  Band   Corporation's
Registration Statements Nos. 2-94923, 33-7540, 33-19146 and 33-62458 on Form S-8
of our report dated March 2, 1999 (which  expresses an  unqualified  opinion and
includes an explanatory  paragraph relating to the Company's ability to continue
as a going concern)  appearing on page F-1 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended October 31, 1998.


/s/DELOITTE & TOUCHE  LLP
- -------------------------
DELOITTE & TOUCHE  LLP

Stamford, Connecticut
March 12, 1999
<PAGE>
                     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              WASHINGTON, DC 20549

                                   FORM 10-Q


 [ X ]    QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
          EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

            For the quarterly period ended                January 31, 1999
                                                          ---------------- 

 [   ]   TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


            For the transition period from              to


                         Commission file number 0-13284

                               V BAND CORPORATION
             ------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


           New York                                           13-2990015
- -------------------------------                           -------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of                            (IRS Employer
incorporation or organization)                            Identification No.)


                   3 Westchester Plaza, Elmsford, New York 10523
              ----------------------------------------------------
              (Address and zip code of principal executive office)


                                 (914) 789-5000
              ----------------------------------------------------
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [ X ]    No [   ]

The number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding,  as of January 31, 1999,  was
5,428,621 shares.
<PAGE>
                               V BAND CORPORATION
                           FORM 10-Q QUARTERLY REPORT
                   FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 31,1999




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                       
                          PART I. Financial Information

Item 1.        Financial Statements

               Consolidated  balance sheets at January 31, 1999  (unaudited) and
                    October 31, 1998
                   
               Consolidated  statements of operations for the three months ended
                    January 31, 1999 and 1998 (unaudited)

               Consolidated  statements of cash flows for the three months ended
                    January 31, 1999 and 1998 (unaudited)

               Notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

Item 2.        Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                    Condition and Results of Operations
                   

Item 3.        Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk



                           PART II. Other Information

Item 6.        Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K  


SIGNATURES      


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           V BAND CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                               CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                          JANUARY 31, 1999 AND OCTOBER 31, 1998
                              (in 000's, except share data)

                                                              January 31,    October 31,
                                                                 1999           1998
                                                                --------      -------- 
         ASSETS                                               (unaudited)
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>     
Current Assets:
Cash ......................................................     $    630      $    915
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
    accounts of $292 in 1999 and $289 in 1998 .............        2,867         2,813
Inventories, net ..........................................        3,701         4,241
Prepaid expenses and other current assets .................          344           313
                                                                --------      --------
                       Total current assets ...............        7,542         8,282
                                                                --------      --------
Fixed Assets:
Furniture, fixtures, equipment and leasehold improvements .        7,831         7,811
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization ...........       (7,516)       (7,444)
                                                                --------      --------
                       Total fixed assets .................          315           367
                                                                --------      --------

Other Assets ..............................................          149           158
                                                                --------      --------

    TOTAL ASSETS ..........................................     $  8,006      $  8,807
                                                                ========      ========
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current Liabilities:
Short-term debt ...........................................     $  1,305      $  1,425
Accounts payable ..........................................        2,245         2,434
Accrued wages .............................................          910           842
Customer deposits .........................................        1,480         1,389
Other accrued expenses ....................................          674           797
                                                                --------      --------
                       Total  current liabilities .........        6,614         6,887
                                                                --------      --------
Commitments and Contingencies (see notes)
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           V BAND CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                               CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                          JANUARY 31, 1999 AND OCTOBER 31, 1998
                              (in 000's, except share data)
                                      (continued)

                                                              January 31,    October 31,
                                                                 1999           1998
                                                                --------      -------- 
                                                               (unaudited)
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>     
Shareholders' Equity:
Common stock, $.01 par value; authorized 20,000,000 shares;
    issued 7,147,943 shares ...............................           71            71
Capital in excess of par value ............................       20,016        20,016
Deficit ...................................................       (7,207)       (6,639)
Cumulative translation adjustment .........................          281           240
                                                                --------      --------
                                                                  13,160        13,688
Less Treasury stock, ata cost; 1,719,322 shares............      (11,768)      (11,768) 
                                                                --------      --------
                       Total shareholders' equity .........        1,392         1,920
                                                                --------      --------

    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY ............     $  8,006      $  8,807
                                                                ========      ========
</TABLE>
                 See notes to consolidated financial statements
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       V BAND CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                   FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1999
                     AND 1998 (unaudited) (in 000's, except
                                 per share data)



                                                           1999          1998
                                                         -------        -------
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>    
Sales
      Equipment ..................................       $ 2,093        $ 3,228
      Service ....................................         1,683          1,496
                                                         -------        -------
           Total sales ...........................         3,776          4,724
                                                         -------        -------

Cost of Sales
      Equipment ..................................         1,639          2,423
      Service ....................................         1,066            986
                                                         -------        -------
           Total cost of sales ...................         2,705          3,409
                                                         -------        -------

           Gross profit ..........................         1,071          1,315
                                                         -------        -------

Operating Expenses
      Selling, general and administrative ........         1,425          2,964
      Research and development ...................           189            602
                                                         -------        -------
           Total operating expenses ..............         1,614          3,566
                                                         -------        -------

           Operating loss ........................          (543)        (2,251)

Interest Expense .................................           (35)           (50)
Other Income (Expense) ...........................            10            (21)
                                                         -------        -------
           Net loss ..............................       $  (568)       $(2,322)
                                                         =======        =======

Net loss per basic and diluted common share ......       $  (.10)       $  (.43)
                                                         =======        =======

Weighted average number of basic and diluted
    shares outstanding ...........................         5,429          5,413
                                                         =======        =======
</TABLE>


                 See notes to consolidated financial statements
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             V BAND CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
               FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1999 AND 1998 (unaudited)
                                          (in 000's)

                                                                          1999        1998
                                                                       --------     -------- 
<S>                                                                    <C>          <C>     
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
    Net loss .....................................................     $  (568)     $(2,322)
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
       cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
       Depreciation ..............................................          73          126
       Amortization of other assets ..............................           9            8
       Provision for doubtful accounts ...........................           3            3
       Waiver of Chief Executive Officer's compensation ..........        --             50
       Changes in assets and liabilities:
           Accounts receivable ...................................         (57)       3,837
           Inventories ...........................................         540         (974)
           Prepaid expenses and other current assets .............         (31)          17
           Other assets ..........................................          --           --
           Accounts payable and other current liabilities ........        (153)         881
           Foreign currency translation adjustment ...............          41            7
                                                                       -------      -------
               Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities        (144)       1,633
                                                                       -------      -------

Cash Flows from Investing Activities
    Capital expenditures .........................................         (21)         (33)
                                                                       -------      -------
               Net cash used in investing activities .............         (21)         (33)
                                                                       -------      -------

Cash Flows from Financing Activities
    Proceeds from short-term debt ................................       3,075        5,800
    Payments of short-tem debt ...................................      (3,195)      (7,404)
                                                                       -------      -------
               Net cash used in financing activities .............        (120)      (1,604)
                                                                       -------      -------

Net decrease in cash .............................................        (285)          (4)
Cash at beginning of period ......................................         915          336
                                                                       -------      -------
Cash at end of period ............................................     $   630      $   332
                                                                       =======      =======

Supplementary Disclosures
    Income taxes paid ............................................     $  --        $     4
                                                                       =======      =======
    Interest paid ................................................     $    35      $    52
                                                                       =======      =======
</TABLE>
                 See notes to consolidated financial statements
<PAGE>
                       V BAND CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (in 000's)

Note A -- Basis of Presentation

The accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include the accounts of V
Band  Corporation  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  (the  "Company").   All
significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Certain
information and footnote  disclosures  normally included in financial statements
prepared in accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles have been
condensed or omitted.  These consolidated financial statements should be read in
conjunction with the Company's audited financial  statements for the fiscal year
ended October 31, 1998 as set forth in the Company's annual report on Form 10-K.
In the  opinion of  management,  all  adjustments  (which  include  only  normal
recurring  adjustments)  necessary  to present  fairly the  financial  position,
results  of  operations  and cash  flows at  January  31,  1999 and all  periods
presented have been made.

The accompanying  consolidated  financial statements have been prepared assuming
that the Company will  continue as a going  concern.  The  Company's  ability to
continue as a going concern is uncertain based on the matters  discussed  below.
The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to
the  recoverability  and  classification of assets or the amounts of liabilities
that might be  necessary  should the  Company be unable to  continue  as a going
concern.  The Company's  continuation  as a going concern is dependent  upon the
Company's ability to return to profitability and to maintain compliance with its
amended bank covenants.

The Company has incurred  recurring losses from  operations.  As a result of the
Company's results of operations, the bank amended the financial covenants of the
Credit Agreement (see Note D). The amended financial  covenants  require,  among
other things,  an improvement in the Company's  results of operations during the
second fiscal  quarter of 1999 and a return to  profitability  commencing in the
third quarter of 1999. The Company's operations are dependent upon the continued
availability of funding under the Credit Agreement.  The continued  availability
of funding under the Credit Agreement is dependent,  in turn, upon the Company's
ability to  satisfy  the  amended  financial  covenants  set forth in the Credit
Agreement and upon the ability of the Company to generate sufficient revenue and
results  from  operations  to support  such  funding.  The Company is  presently
seeking  additional  sales  orders  in  order  to  improve  the  results  of its
operations.  There is no assurance  that the Company will be able to improve the
results of its operations to satisfy the amended financial covenants.

Note B -- Significant accounting policies

Revenue  recognition  -  Equipment  revenue,  for new system  installations  and
modifications  to existing systems at customer  locations,  is recognized as the
product is shipped.  For long-term  contracts,  equipment  revenue is recognized
under the  percentage of completion  method.  Service  revenue,  which  includes
maintenance  contract  revenue and repairs,  is recognized  when the service has
been completed.
<PAGE>
Note C -- Inventories

Inventories are summarized as follows:

                                                  January 31,       October 31,
                                                     1999               1998

Finished goods ...........................         $ 3,166            $ 3,812
Parts and components .....................           3,044              3,339
                                                   -------            -------
                                                     6,210              7,151
Less: Inventory reserves .................          (2,509)            (2,910)
                                                   -------            -------
                                                   $ 3,701            $ 4,241
                                                   =======            =======


Note D  -- Short-term debt

In May 1997, the Company  entered into a Credit  Agreement with National Bank of
Canada, (the "Credit Agreement") which expires in May 2000. The Credit Agreement
provided a revolving loan and letter of credit facility of up to $4 million. The
Company's  obligations  under the  Credit  Agreement  are  secured by a security
interest  in  all  of  the  assets  of  V  Band  Corporation  and  its  domestic
subsidiaries. Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Company is restricted
from paying  dividends  if an event of default has  occurred  and is  continuing
thereunder.  Due to the Company's  results of operations  for 1997,  the Company
failed to satisfy the financial  covenants set forth in the Credit Facility.  On
February  9,  1998,  National  Bank of Canada  waived the  Company's  failure to
satisfy those covenants at October 31, 1997 and amended the covenants for fiscal
year 1998. In addition,  the interest  rate on the  outstanding  borrowings  was
modified  to prime  plus 2 percent  effective  February  1,  1998.  The  amended
financial  covenants were not satisfied for the  three-month  period ended April
30, 1998. On June 4, 1998,  National Bank of Canada waived the Company's failure
to satisfy  those  covenants at April 30, 1998 and amended the covenants for the
remainder  of fiscal year 1998.  The  Company  satisfied  the amended  financial
covenants for the three-month  periods ended July 31, 1998, October 31, 1998 and
January 31, 1999, but was in violation of a non-financial covenant as of October
31, 1998.  The prime rate was 7.75% at January 31,  1999.  On February 18, 1999,
National Bank of Canada waived the non-financial  covenant default,  amended the
financial  covenants  for  all  periods  through  expiration,  and  reduced  the
revolving loan and credit facility to $2 million.
<PAGE>
Item 2.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
           of Operations (in 000's except per share data)

Results of Operations

Sales for the first  quarter of 1999,  ended  January 31,  1999,  of $3,776 were
$948,  or 20%,  lower than the  $4,724  reported  in the first  quarter of 1998.
Equipment  sales of $2,093 in the first quarter of 1999 decreased by $1,135,  or
35%,  from the  equipment  sales of $3,228 in the first  quarter  of 1998.  This
decrease was primarily due to decreased demand for the Company's products. Sales
from the Company's  service business  increased to $1,683, or 13%, for the first
quarter of 1999 from $1,496 for the first  quarter of 1998.  This  increase  was
primarily due to new maintenance  contracts entered into after the expiration of
warranty periods for  installations of the Company's  eXchange phone in previous
fiscal years and an increase in other customers serviced by the Company.

Gross profit  margin was 28% for the first  quarter of 1999 and 1998.  The gross
profit  margin  for the  equipment  sales was 22% in the first  quarter  of 1999
compared  to 25% for the  same  period  in 1998.  This  decrease  was  primarily
attributable  to price  discounting  required  in  competitive  bidding  for new
installations as well as additions to existing customer installations. The gross
profit  margin  for  service  sales  was 37% for the  first  quarter  of 1999 as
compared to 34% for the same period in 1998.  The increase was  attributable  to
the increase in maintenance sales for the first quarter.

Operating  expenses  for the first  quarter of 1999 were $1,614 or $1,952  lower
than the  $3,566  reported  for the first  quarter  of 1998.  The  decrease  was
primarily attributable to the first quarter 1998 charge of $1,023 related to the
Company's   restructuring   of  its  operations,   reductions  in  research  and
development expenditures, and decreases in other operating expenses.

The net loss  reported in the first  quarter ended January 31, 1999 was $568, or
$.10 per share,  compared  to a net loss of $2,322,  or $.43 per share,  for the
first quarter of 1998. The loss was primarily attributable to the aforementioned
decrease in  equipment  sales and gross profit  margin for the first  quarter of
1999.  The average  shares  outstanding  for the quarter  ended January 31, 1998
increased to 5,429 versus 5,413 for the same period in 1997.

Financial Condition

The  Company's  cash was $630 at January 31,  1999,  a decrease of $285 from the
October 31, 1998 balance of $915.  Short-term debt decreased $120 as a result of
payments  made  during the  quarter.  Inventory  decreased  $540 as the  Company
substantially  reduced new  purchases and also  rescheduled  deliveries of goods
previously ordered from its subcontractors and suppliers.

The  Company's  losses for 1997,  1998 and the first  quarter of 1999 have had a
substantial  impact on its working  capital and  liquidity.  On May 28, 1997 the
Company entered into a Credit  Agreement (the "Credit  Agreement") with National
Bank of Canada, New York Branch (the "Bank"). The Credit Agreement provides a $2
million  credit  facility to the  Company  secured by  substantially  all of the
assets  of the  Company  and  its  domestic  subsidiaries.  As a  result  of the
Company's results of operations, the Bank amended the financial covenants of the
Credit  Agreement.  The Company's  operations  are dependent  upon the continued
availability of funding under the Credit Agreement.  The continued  availability
of funding under the Credit Agreement is dependent,  in turn, upon the Company's
ability to  satisfy  the  amended  financial  covenants  set forth in the Credit
Agreement.  The amended  financial  covenants  require,  among other things,  an
improvement  in the  Company's  results of  operations  during the second fiscal
quarter of 1999 and a return to  profitability  in the third  fiscal  quarter of
1999.  There is no  assurance  that the  Company  will be able to satisfy  these
requirements.
<PAGE>
Item 3.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Although  the  Company  currently  invoices  its  customers  in US dollars or UK
pounds,  exchange rates for these and other local  currencies in countries where
the  Company  may  operate in the future may  fluctuate  in  relation  to the US
dollar.  Such fluctuations may have an adverse effect on the Company's  earnings
or assets when local  currencies are exchanged for US dollars.  Any weakening of
the value of such local  currency  against the US dollar  could  result in lower
revenues  and earnings for the  Company.  To date,  gains and losses  related to
foreign currency  transactions  and foreign  currency  translation have not been
material for the Company.  Included in the Company's  consolidated balance sheet
at October 31, 1998 are net assets of the Company's United Kingdom subsidiary of
$816,000. There has been no material change in this information during the first
fiscal quarter of 1999.


Item 6.  Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

         (a)       Exhibits                   
                  10.18  Agreement  dated  November 15, 1998 between the Company
                         and Thomas Hughes.
                  10.19 Agreement dated December 1, 1998 between the Company and
                        Nicholas Nestora.
                  10.20 Agreement dated December 1, 1998 between the Company and
                         Marc Teichman.



<PAGE>



                               V BAND CORPORATION


SIGNATURES

Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934,  the
registrant  has duly  caused  this  report  to be  signed  on its  behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.



                                             V BAND CORPORATION
                                                  (Registrant)



Date: March 17, 1999
                                             /s/ Thomas E. Feil
                                             ------------------
                                             Thomas E. Feil
                                             Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
                                             (Duly Authorized Officer)



Date:  March 17, 1999
                                             /s/ Robert O. Riiska
                                             --------------------
                                             Robert O. Riiska
                                             Chief Financial Officer
                                             (Principal Accounting Officer)


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission